lecture notes financial mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · lecture notes...

168
Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul National University Version: December 1, 2015 Non-Corrected version This text is a summary of the lecture Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 held at Seoul National University, Spring and Fall Term 2015 Please email all misprints and mistakes to [email protected] 1

Upload: others

Post on 01-Apr-2020

10 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Lecture Notes

Financial Mathematics 1 & 2

Gerald Trutnau

Department of Mathematical Sciences

Seoul National University

Version: December 1, 2015

Non-Corrected version

This text is a summary of the lecture

Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 held atSeoul National University, Spring and Fall Term 2015

Please email all misprints and mistakes to

[email protected]

1

Page 2: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

The main source for this lecture is

- Lamberton, Damien; Lapeyre, Bernard: Introduction to stochastic calculus applied tofinance. Second edition. Chapman & Hall/CRC Financial Mathematics Series, Boca Ra-ton, FL, 2008.

Here are some additional references:

1. Baxter, Martin, Andrew Rennie: Financial Calculus: An Introduction to DerivativePricing, Cambridge University Press, 1996.

2. Bjork, Tamas: Arbitrage Theory in Continuous Time, Oxford University Press.

3. Elliott, Robert J.; Kopp, P. Ekkehard: Mathematics of financial markets. Secondedition. Springer Finance. Springer-Verlag, New York, 2005.

4. Hull, John: Options, Futures, and Other Derivatives, 6th ed., Prentice Hall, 2006.

5. Karatzas, Ioannis and Shreve, Steven: Methods of mathematical finance - Springer,1998.

6. Shreve, Steven E.: Stochastic Calculus for finance I, II, Springer, 2004.

7. Wilmott, Paul; Dewynne, Jeff; Howison, Sam: Option Pricing: Mathematical ModelsAnd Computation, Oxford Financial Press; 1994.

2

Page 3: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

1 Introduction to options

An option gives its holder the right (but not the obligation) to buy or sell a certainamount of financial asset, by a certain date for a certain strike price.

The writer (=seller) of the option has to specify:

(i) type of option

call : option to buy

put : option to sell

(ii) underlying asset (stock, bond, currency, etc. ...)

(iii) the amount of underlying asset

(iv) the expiration date (=maturity)American option: can be exercised at any time before maturity

European option: can be exercised only at maturity

(v) the exercise price (=strike price = price at which the transaction is done, if theoption is exercised)

The price of an option is also called premium.

In an organized market, the premium is quoted by the market. Otherwise, the problem isto price the option, but even if the option is traded on a market, it can be interesting todetect possible abnormalities in the market.

Example 1.1 European call option

Ct = its price at time t < TT = expiration dateK = exercise priceSt = stock price at time t

3

Page 4: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

At time T , the buyer of the European call option has the right to buy the stock for K.Thus the value of the call at maturity is

(ST −K)+ = max(0, ST −K) =

0, if ST ≤ K

(”holder does not exercise the option”)

ST −K, if ST > K

(”holder buys the stock for K and sells it back on

the market for ST”)

Two questions arise:

(i) How much should the buyer pay for the option (at time 0) ?

”C0 = premium =?”

(”Problem of pricing the option”)

(ii) The writer of the call, who earns the premium initially, must be able to deliver astock at price K at time T . How should the writer generate an amount of (ST −K)+

at time T ?

(”Problem of hedging the option”)

We can only answer under additional assumptions:

basic assumption: absence of arbitrage opportunity in the market, i.e.

”there is no riskless profit available in the market”

A rigorous mathematical description will be given in chapter 2. Here as an example con-sider:

Arbitrage and put/call parity:

Let Ct (resp. Pt) be the value at time t of an European call (resp. put) on the samestock with value St at time t ∈ [0, T ], and

T = maturity of both, put and call

4

Page 5: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

K = exercise price of both, put and call

At time T

CT = (ST −K)+

PT = (K − ST )+

ThusCT − PT = (ST −K)+ − (K − ST )+ = ST −K (1)

Assume additionally: it is possible to borrow or to invest money throughout [0, T ] atconstant rate r.The last is called continuous compounding. Thus a capital X deposited in the bank (ormoney market account) at time t accumulates to

X · limn→∞

(1 +

r

n

)n(T−t)

︸ ︷︷ ︸”periodic compounding withn periods during time T−t”

= X · er(T−t)

a cash sum K at time T can be generated by depositing Ke−r(T−t) at time t.

Claim: under absence of arbitrage opportunity, the call/put prices on the stockS must satisfy (1) with appropriate discounting of K for all t < T , i.e.

Ct − Pt = St −Ke−r(T−t), ∀t < T.

(”put/call parity”)Assume, for instance

Ct − Pt > St −Ke−r(T−t) for some t < T. (2)

Then, a writer could do the following at time t:

He buys a share of stock and a put, and sells a call.

”net value of the operation” Ct − Pt − St =: Vt

If Vt ≥ 0: he invests Vt at rate r until T .

If Vt < 0: he borrows Vt at rate r until T .

5

Page 6: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Two outcomes are possible:

1)ST > K︸ ︷︷ ︸

put notexercised !

: K − ST︸ ︷︷ ︸”he has to pay the

exercised call”

+ (Ct − Pt − St)er(T−t)︸ ︷︷ ︸”sum he gets/pays for

investing/borrowing at interest rate r”

+ ST︸︷︷︸”he sells his

share of stock”

>(2)

0

2)ST ≤ K︸ ︷︷ ︸

call notexercised !

: (K − ST )︸ ︷︷ ︸”he exercises

his put”

+ (Ct − Pt − St)er(T−t)︸ ︷︷ ︸”same, he clears his bank

account again”

+ ST︸︷︷︸”he sells his shareof stock again”

>(2)

0

In both cases he made a profit without using any initial capital.

(”arbitrage strategy”)

Black-Scholes model and its extensions:

- no arbitrage arguments lead to many interesting equations, but are not suffi-cient for deriving pricing formulas

- Black-Scholes (1973) were the first to suggest a model whereby one can derive anexplicit price for a European call that pays no dividend. According to their model,the writer of the option can hedge himself perfectly.

The Black-Scholes model and its extensions are based on stochastic calculus, and in par-ticular on Ito’s formula.

2 Discrete time models

In this chapter we present the main ideas of option theory in discrete-time models.

2.1 Discrete-time formalism

2.1.1 Assets

Let (Ω,F, P ) be a finite probability space, i.e. Ω = ω1, . . . , ωN0, N0 ∈ N, P(Ω) the powerset of Ω, i.e. the set of all subsets of Ω. Consider an increasing sequence of σ-algebras inΩ:

∅,Ω = F0 ⊂ F1 ⊂ · · · ⊂ FN = P(Ω) = F

N = ”time horizon” (often the maturity of the options)

6

Page 7: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Fn = ”information available at time n”

We assume P (ω) > 0 for all ω ∈ Ω. For any time n = 0, . . . , N , we consider (d + 1)positive Fn-measurable random variables S0

n, S1n, . . . , S

dn (in this chapter all r.v.’s are

real-valued), which are financial assets

Sn := ( S0n︸︷︷︸

riskless

asset

, S1n, . . . , S

dn︸ ︷︷ ︸

risky assets

) ”vector of stock prices at time n”

We set S00 = 1 and

βn :=1

S0n

, n = 0, . . . , N ”discount factor from period n to 0”

Example 2.1 If the return of the riskless asset (e.g. bond) is constant over one periodand equal to r, then

S0n = S0

n−1 + S0n−1 · r = S0

n−1(1 + r) = · · · = S00︸︷︷︸

=1

(1 + r)n = (1 + r)n.

Thus βn = 1(1+r)n

. So, if the amount of βn is invested in the riskless asset S00 at time 0,

then the amount of 1 (e.g. one dollar) will be available at time n.

2.1.2 Strategies

A trading strategy is a (discrete) stochastic process

φ = (φn)n=0,...,N = ((φ0n, φ

1n, . . . , φ

dn))n=0,...,N

in Rd+1, where for each i = 0, ..., d and n = 0, . . . , N

φin = number of shares of asset i held in the portfolio at time n.

φ is assumed to be predictable, i.e.

∀i = 0, . . . , d

φi0 ∈ F0

φin ∈ Fn−1, if n ≥ 1

7

Page 8: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Illustration :

at time 0: S0 = (1, S10 , ..., S

d0) and the positions φ0

0, φ10, ..., φ

d0 ∈ F0 are given

at time n− 1, n ≥ 1: select the positions φ0n, φ

1n, ..., φ

dn ∈ Fn−1

(Sn−1 is known) (based on information at time n− 1)

”the positions of the portfolio at time n are decided with respect to the informationavailable at time n− 1”

The value of the portfolio at time n is the scalar product

Vn(φ) = φn · Sn =d∑i=0

φinSin n = 0, . . . , N.

The discounted value is

Vn(φ) = βn(φn · Sn) = φn · Sn,

with βn =1

S0n

and Sn︸︷︷︸”vector of

discounted prices”

= (1, βnS1n, . . . , βnS

dn), n = 0, . . . , N.

By considering discounted prices, the price of the non-risky asset becomes the monetaryunit (a so called numeraire). A strategy is called self financing, if

φn+1 · Sn = φn · Sn ∀n = 0, . . . , N − 1 (3)

This means that the positions in the portfolio are changed without changing the totalvalue of the portfolio (”portfolio is only redistributed”).

Remark 2.2 (3) is equivalent to

Vn+1(φ)− Vn(φ)︸ ︷︷ ︸ = φn+1 · Sn+1 − φn · Sn = φn+1 (Sn+1 − Sn)︸ ︷︷ ︸ n = 0, . . . , N − 1. (4)

”net gain from period n to n+ 1” only due to ”price moves”

Proposition 2.3 Equivalent are

(i) The strategy φ is self-financing.

8

Page 9: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

(ii) For any n = 1, . . . N

Vn(φ) = V0(φ) +n∑j=1

φj ·∆Sj (∆Sj := Sj − Sj−1)

(iii) For any n = 1, . . . , N

Vn(φ) = V0(φ) +n∑j=1

φj ·∆Sj (∆Sj := Sj − Sj−1)

Proof (i) ⇐⇒ (ii) is (4) summed up. (i) ⇐⇒ (iii) holds because:

(3) ⇐⇒ φn · Sn = φn+1 · Sn ⇐⇒ Vn+1(φ)− Vn(φ) = φn+1(Sn+1− Sn) n = 0, . . . N − 1.

The proposition shows that if one follows a self-financing strategy, then the discountedvalue of the portfolio (hence its value) is completely defined by the initial wealth and thestrategy ((φ1

n, . . . , φdn))n=0,...,N (this is only true because ∆S0

j = 0). More precisely, thefollowing holds.

Proposition 2.4 For any predictable process ((φ1n, . . . , φ

dn))n=0,...,N and any F0-measurable

random variable V0, there exists a unique predictable process (φ0n)n=0,...,N such that the

strategy φ = (φ0, φ1, . . . , φd) is self-financing and such that V0(φ) = V0.

Proof Suppose φ0 = (φ0n)n=0,...,N such as in the statement of the proposition exists. Then

V0(φ) = φ00 +

d∑i=1

φi0 Si0 = V0, hence

φ00 = V0 −

d∑i=1

φi0 Si0, (5)

and for n ≥ 1

(∗)

Vn(φ) = φ0

n +∑d

i=1 φin S

in (by definition)

Vn(φ) = V0(φ) +∑n

j=1

∑di=1 φ

ij (Sij − Sij−1) (by Proposition 2.3 (iii))

9

Page 10: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

By (∗)

φ0n = V0(φ)︸ ︷︷ ︸

=V0

+n−1∑j=1

d∑i=1

φij (Sij − Sij−1) +d∑i=1

φin (−Sin−1) (6)

Therefore, if we define φ0 through (5), and (6), then φ0 satisfies all the desired properties.

2.1.3 Admissible strategies and arbitrage

The quantities φin were not supposed to be positive, in fact, they were allowed to haveany value.

φ0n < 0 means that we have borrowed the amount |φ0

n| in the riskless asset.

For i ≥ 1 : φin < 0 means that we are ”short” a number φin of asset i.

In this model borrowing and short-selling are allowed, but we shall restrict the class ofstrategies by the following definition.

Definition 2.5 A strategy φ is admissible if it is self-financing and if Vn(φ)(ω) ≥ 0 forall ω ∈ Ω, n = 0, . . . , N (Thus the investor must be able to pay back his debts at anytime).

Definition 2.6 An arbitrage strategy is an admissible strategy φ with zero initial valueand non-zero final value, i.e. V0(φ)(ω) = 0 for all ω ∈ Ω, but P (VN(φ) > 0) > 0.

2.2 Martingales and arbitrage opportunities

2.2.1 Martingales and martingale transforms

As before let (Ω,F, P ) be finite probability space with F = P(Ω), and P (ω) > 0 ∀ω ∈ Ω,(Fn)n=0,...N be a filtration on F, i.e. Fi ⊂ F are sub-σ-algebras and

F0 ⊂ F1 ⊂ · · · ⊂ FN ⊂ F.

In this section 2.2.1 we do not assume F0 = ∅,Ω,FN = F.We say that (Xn)n=0,...,N is adapted (to (Fn)n=0,...N) if Xn ∈ Fn ∀n = 0, . . . , N .

Definition 2.7 An adapted sequence (Mn)n=0,...,N (automatically integrable since |Ω| <∞ and real-valued !) of real-valued r.v.’s is

10

Page 11: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

- a martingale, if E[Mn+1 | Fn] = Mn n = 0, . . . , N − 1

- a supermartingale, if E[Mn+1 | Fn] ≤Mn n = 0, . . . , N − 1

- a submartingale, if E[Mn+1 | Fn] ≥Mn n = 0, . . . , N − 1

Remark 2.8 (i) Definition 2.7 can be generalized to multidimensions : e.g. a sequenceof Rd-valued r.v.’s (Mn)n=0,...,N is a martingale, if each component is a real-valuedmartingale.

(ii) Let i = 1, . . . , d. If the price of asset i at time n (Sin)n=0,...,N is a martingale, then

E[(Sin+1 − Sin)2] ≤ minS∈Fn

E[(Sin+1 − S)2] n = 0, . . . , N − 1

”using information Fn, Sin is the best guess for Sin+1 in the mean square error”

(All Fn-measurable r.v.’s are in L2(Ω,Fn, P ), since |Ω| <∞ and since they are supposedto be real-valued).

Definition 2.9 A sequence (Hn)n=0,...N of r.v.’s is called predictable, if H0 ∈ F0, andHn ∈ Fn−1 for all n ≥ 1.

Proposition 2.10 Let (Mn)n=0,...,N be a martingale, (Hn)n=0,...,N be predictable, bothw.r.t. the filtration (Fn)n=0,...,N . Then

Xn := H0M0 +n∑k=1

Hk (Mk −Mk−1)︸ ︷︷ ︸=:∆Mk

n = 0, . . . , N

is a martingale w.r.t. (Fn).

Remark: Xn in 2.10 is a discrete version of the stochastic integral∫ t

0

Hs dMs

that we will consider later.

Proof (of 2.10) (Xn) is adapted. For n ≥ 0

E[Xn+1 −Xn | Fn] = E[Hn+1(Mn+1 −Mn) | Fn]

= Hn+1 E[Mn+1 −Mn | Fn]︸ ︷︷ ︸=0 (Mn Martingale)

(since Hn+1 ∈ Fn)

= 0

11

Page 12: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

thus (Xn) is a martingale.

Proposition 2.11 Let (Mn)n=0,...,N be an adapted sequence of r.v.’s. Equivalent are :

(i) (Mn) is a martingale.

(ii) For any predictable sequence (Hn), we have

E[N∑k=1

Hk (Mk −Mk−1)︸ ︷︷ ︸=∆Mk

] = 0 (7)

Proof Let (Mn) be a martingale, and (Hn) any predictable process. Then by 2.10 (sincea martingale has constant expectation)

E[H0M0 +N∑k=1

Hk(Mk −Mk−1)] = E[H0M0]

thus (7) holds. Conversely, suppose that (Mn) is adapted, and that (ii) holds. Let A ∈ Fjand j ∈ 0, . . . , N − 1 be fixed but arbitrary. Then (ii) holds in particular for

Hn = Hj,An :=

0 if n ∈ 0, . . . , N − 1 − j + 11A if n = j + 1

and so (7) impliesE[Mj+1 1A] = E[Mj 1A].

Since A ∈ Fj, and j ∈ 0, . . . , N − 1 were arbitrary, it follows that

E[Mj+1 | Fj] = Mj j = 0, . . . , N − 1

and the result follows.

2.2.2 Viable financial markets

We suppose again the assumptions of 2.1.1 to hold. A probability measure P ∗ on (Ω,F)is called equivalent to P , if P ∗(ω) > 0 for all ω ∈ Ω.Notation: P ∗ ≈ P .

12

Page 13: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Definition 2.12 A market is viable, if there is no arbitrage opportunity.

Theorem 2.13 (Fundamental Theorem of Asset Pricing) The market is viable, ifand only if there exists a probability measure P ∗ equivalent to P such that the discountedprices of assets (Sin)n=0,...,N are P ∗-martingales for i = 1, . . . , d.

Proof Assume: ∃P ∗ ≈ P , such that (Sin)n=0,...,N are P ∗-martingales. For any self-financingstrategy φ = (φn)

Vn(φ) =2.3

V0(φ) +n∑j=1

φj ·∆Sj

=d∑i=0

[φi0 S

i0 +

n∑j=1

φij ·∆Sij

].︸ ︷︷ ︸

P ∗−martingales ∀i by assumption and 2.10

Therefore (Vn(φ))n=0,...,N is a P ∗-martingale and so

E∗[Vn(φ)] = E∗[V0(φ)︸ ︷︷ ︸=V0(φ)

], n = 0, . . . , N . (E∗ = ”expectation w.r.t. P ∗”)

If φ is admissible and V0(φ) = 0, it follows:

• VN(φ)(ω) ≥ 0 for all ω (by definition, since φ is admissible)

• E∗[VN(φ)] = 0 (since V0(φ) = 0)

But0 = E∗[VN(φ)] =

∑ω∈Ω

VN(φ)(ω)P ∗(ω)

implies VN(φ)(ω) = 0 for all ω since P ∗(ω) > 0 for all ω ∈ Ω. Therefore VN(φ)(ω) = 0 forall ω and so an arbitrage strategy cannot exist.

The converse is a little tricky. Thus assume the market is viable. Want to show : ∃P ∗ ≈ Psuch that (Sin)n is a P ∗-martingale ∀i = 1, . . . , d. Define

Γ := X r.v. | X ≥ 0, and P (X > 0) > 0.

Note: Γ is a convex set, i.e. t ∈ [0, 1], X, Y ∈ Γ ⇒ X + t(Y −X) ∈ Γ ∀t ∈ [0, 1].Now:

13

Page 14: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

the market is viable ⇐⇒ ∀φ admissible with V0(φ) = 0, we have VN(φ) /∈ Γ.

For any predictable process((φ1

n, . . . , φdn))n=0,...,N

define

Gn(φ) : =n∑j=1

(φ1j ∆S1

j + · · ·+ φdj ∆Sdj ).

Note that

Gn(φ) =2.3(iii)

2.4

Vn(φ0, φ1, . . . , φd) (∗)

for uniquely determined predictable φ0, such that (φ0, φ1, . . . , φd) is self-financing andV0(φ0, . . . , φd) = 0.

Lemma 2.14 Suppose the market is viable. Then for any predictable process (φ1, . . . , φd)we have GN(φ) /∈ Γ.

Proof (of Lemma 2.14) Assume to the contrary GN(φ) ∈ Γ.

(a) If Gn(φ) ≥ 0, for all n = 1, ..., N , then add φ0 to (φ1, . . . , φd) as in (∗). It follows, that(φ0, φ1 . . . , φd) is admissible, V0(φ0, φ1 . . . , φd) = G0(φ) = 0, but VN(φ0, φ1 . . . , φd) =GN(φ) ∈ Γ. Thus (φ0, φ1 . . . , φd) is an arbitrage strategy and the market is notviable. This is a contradiction.

(b) Suppose not all Gn(φ) ≥ 0. Then

n := supk ≥ 1 | P (Gk(φ) < 0) > 0 ≤ N−1 (since GN(φ) ∈ Γ, hence GN(φ) ≥ 0).

From the definition of n, we get

P (Gn(φ) < 0) > 0 and ∀j ∈ n+ 1, ..., N we have Gj(φ) ≥ 0.

Define

ψj :=

0, if j ∈ 1, ..., n1Gn(φ)<0 φj, if j ∈ n+ 1, ..., N.

Then ψ is predictable, because Gn(φ) < 0 ∈ Fn ⊂ Fj−1 if j ∈ n + 1, ..., N andφj ∈ Fj−1. Moreover

Gj(ψ) =

0 if j ∈ 1, ..., n1Gn(φ)<0( Gj(φ)︸ ︷︷ ︸

≥0, since j≥n+1

− Gn(φ)), if j ∈ n+ 1, ..., N.

14

Page 15: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Thus Gj(ψ) ≥ 0 for any j = 1, . . . , N and GN(ψ) > 0 on the set Gn(φ) < 0, whichhas strictly positive probability. It follows GN(ψ) ∈ Γ. Therefore by (a) applied toψ instead of φ we get again the contradiction that the market is not viable.

We have seen that the assumption GN(φ) ∈ Γ leads to a contradiction in all cases. It cantherefore not hold and so GN(φ) /∈ Γ.

To continue the proof of Theorem 2.13, we let

V := GN(φ) | φ predictable process in Rd ⊂ RΩ = RN0 ,

”subspace of RN0”.

Since the market is viable by assumption, Lemma 2.14 implies V ∩ Γ = ∅. Let

K := X ∈ Γ |∑ω∈Ω

X(ω) = 1

Clearly K is convex, compact, 0 /∈ K, and V ∩K = ∅. Now, we need another lemma.

Lemma 2.15 Let K ⊂ RN0 be a compact and convex set, 0 /∈ K, and let V be a subspaceof RN0. If V ∩K = ∅, then there exists a linear map ξ : RN0 −→ R, with

(1) ξ(x) > 0 ∀x ∈ K

(2) ξ(x) = 0 ∀x ∈ V

(Note that (1) and (2) imply V ⊂ ξ−1(0) (hyperplane) and ξ−1(0) ∩K = ∅).

We will prove Lemma 2.15 later below. By Lemma 2.15 there exists (λ(ω))ω∈Ω, such that

(i)∑

ω∈Ω λ(ω)X(ω) > 0 for all X ∈ K (because any linear map ξ : RN0 −→ R has the

form ξ(z1, . . . , zN0) =∑N0

i=1 λizi for some (λ1, ..., λN0) ∈ RN0)

(ii)∑

ω∈Ω λ(ω) GN(φ)(ω) = 0 for all φ = (φ1, . . . , φd) predictable.

Choosing X(ω) = 0 for all but one ω in (i), implies that λ(ω) > 0. Thus λ(ω) > 0 for allω ∈ Ω. Therefore

P ∗(ω) :=λ(ω)∑ω∈Ω λ(ω)

15

Page 16: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

defines a probability measure on Ω with P ∗ ≈ P . We have

E∗[N∑j=1

φj ∆Sj] =∑ω∈Ω

GN(φ)(ω)P ∗(ω) =1∑

ω∈Ω λ(ω)

∑ω∈Ω

λ(ω)GN(φ)(ω) =(ii)

0

for any predictable process (φ1, . . . , φd). Therefore, choosing all but one coordinate φi of(φ1, . . . , φd) to be 0, we obtain for any predictable process (φin)n=0,...,N in R and for anyi = 1, . . . d, that

E∗[N∑j=1

φij ∆Sij] = 0.

Now Proposition 2.11 implies that ((Sin)n=0,...,N , P∗) is a martingale for any i.

It remains to show Lemma 2.15. For the proof of Lemma 2.15, we need:

Lemma 2.16 Let C ⊂ RN0 be closed, convex, and 0 /∈ C. Then there is α > 0 and alinear map ξ : RN0 −→ R with

ξ(x) ≥ α ∀x ∈ C

Proof (of Lemma 2.16) Let Bλ(0) := x ∈ RN0 | ‖x‖ ≤ λ, ‖x‖ = (x, x)1/2 = Euclideannorm. Then we can find some λ > 0 with Bλ(0) ∩ C 6= ∅. Since Bλ(0) ∩ C is compact,and x 7→ ‖x‖ is continuous, there exists a unique x0 ∈ Bλ(0) ∩ C, with

infx∈Bλ(0)∩C

‖x‖ = ‖x0‖ = dist(0, Bλ(0) ∩ C) = ”orthogonal projection of 0 on C”.

If x ∈ Bλ(0)c ∩ C, then ‖x‖ > λ ≥ ‖x0‖, thus

‖x‖ ≥ ‖x0‖ ∀x ∈ C.

In particular, since C is convex, for any x ∈ C

‖x0 + t(x− x0)‖2 ≥ ‖x0‖2, ∀t ∈ [0, 1].

Thus

(x0, x− x0) ≥ − t2‖x− x0‖2 0 (as t 0),

and soξ(x) := (x0, x) ≥ ‖x0‖2︸ ︷︷ ︸

6=0since 0/∈C

:= α > 0, ∀x ∈ C.

16

Page 17: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Proof (of Lemma 2.15) Set

C = K − V := x ∈ RN0 | x = y − z; y ∈ K, z ∈ V .

Then C is convex, closed, and 0 /∈ C. It follows hence from Lemma 2.16 that there existsξ : RN0 −→ R linear and α > 0 such that ξ(x) ≥ α for all x ∈ C. This implies

ξ(x) = ξ(y)− ξ(z) ≥ α ∀y ∈ K ∀z ∈ V.

If we choose z = 0, we obtain ξ(y) ≥ α > 0 for all y ∈ K and replacing z by λz; λ ∈ R,we obtain ξ(y)− λξ(z) ≥ α for all λ ∈ R, hence ξ(z) = 0 for all z ∈ V .

2.3 Complete markets and option pricing

2.3.1 Complete markets

A European option can be characterized by its payoff h at maturity, which is a non-negative FN -mb r.v. For instance, for the asset S1, h = (S1

N −K)+ in case of a call withstrike price K, and h = (K − S1

N)+ in case of a put with strike price K. More generally,we define:

Definition 2.17 (i) A contingent claim (with non-negative payoff) is a non-negativereal-valued FN -measurable random variable h.

(ii) The contingent claim defined by h is called attainable, if there exists an admissiblestrategy φ worth h at time N , i.e. VN(φ) = h.

Remark 2.18 For contingent claims in a viable market we have:

∃ self-financing φ with VN(φ) = h =⇒ h is attainable.

Proof Since the market is viable by 2.13 ∃P ∗ ≈ P such that (Sin)n=0,...,N , i = 1, . . . , d areP ∗-martingales. Thus the martingale transform (Vn(φ))n=0,...,N is also a P ∗-martingale by2.10. It follows

Vn(φ) = E∗[ VN(φ)︸ ︷︷ ︸= 1

S0N

h≥0

| Fn] ≥ 0 ∀n ≤ N.

Thus Vn(φ) = S0nVn(φ) ≥ 0 for any n ≤ N , and so φ is admissible.

17

Page 18: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Definition 2.19 The market is complete, if every contingent claim is attainable.

Remark 2.20 The assumption of completeness of a market is restrictive and not as usefulas the no-arbitrage assumption. It is, however, useful for pricing and hedging contingentclaims (see also model of Cox-Ross-Rubinstein below).

Theorem 2.21 Let the market be viable. Then it is complete, if and only if there existsa unique measure P ∗ ≈ P under which the discounted prices (Sin)n=0,...,N , 1 ≤ i ≤ d, areP ∗-martingales. (Here the probability P ∗ will become the computing tool whereby one canderive pricing formulas and hedging strategies).

Proof ”⇒ ” Assume the market is viable and complete: Then

∀h ≥ 0 FN -mb ∃ admissible strategy φ with VN(φ) = h,

and furtherh

S0N

=︸︷︷︸completeness

VN(φ) =︸︷︷︸self-financing

V0(φ) +N∑j=1

φj ·∆Sj. (8)

Since the market is viable: ∃P 1 ≈ P under which the (Sin)n=0,...,N are martingales. Suppose∃P 2 with the same properties. Then by (8) and 2.10

Ei[h

S0N

]= Ei[VN(φ)] = Ei[V0(φ)] = V0(φ), i = 1, 2.

The last equality holds since V0(φ) ∈ F0 = ∅,Ω. Thus

E1

[h

S0N

]= E2

[h

S0N

].

Choose h = 1A S0N , A ∈ FN = F ⇒ P 1 = P 2, and uniqueness is proved.

”⇐ ” Let the market be viable but incomplete: Then

∃h ≥ 0 FN -mb r.v., that is not attainable.

Note: h 6= 0 otherwise h would be attainable. Define

V := Y r.v. | Y = u0 +N∑n=1

φn ·∆Sn, u0 ∈ F0, (φn)n=1,...,N predictable n = 1, . . . , N.

18

Page 19: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

We have h /∈ V , because otherwise by Proposition 2.4 and Remark 2.18, h would beattainable. Thus V ⊂⊂ X | X r.v. ∼= RN0 is a true linear subspace. Let P ∗ ≈ P be anequivalent martingale measure. Then, there exists a r.v. X 6= 0 with E∗[XY ] = 0 for allY ∈ V (exercise). Define

P ∗∗(ω) :=

(1 +

X(ω)

2 supω∈Ω |X(ω)|

)P ∗(ω).

Since E∗[X] = E∗[X · 1Ω︸︷︷︸∈V

] = 0, we get P ∗∗(Ω) = 1. Clearly, P ≈ P ∗∗ and P ∗∗ 6= P ∗.

Moreover for any predictable process (φn)n=1,...,N = ((φ1n, . . . , φ

dn))n=1,...,N we get

E∗∗[

N∑n=1

φn ·∆Sn

]= 0. (exercise)

Thus by 2.11 (Sin)n=0,...,N , i = 1, . . . , d is a P ∗∗-martingale and so there is more than oneequivalent martingale measure.

2.3.2 Pricing and hedging contingent claims in complete markets

Assume the market is viable and complete and let P ∗ be unique equivalent martingalemeasure (also called risk-neutral measure). Let h be a contingent claim and φ an

admissible strategy with VN(φ) = h. We know from section 2.3.1, that(Vn(φ)

)n=0,...,N

is

a P ∗-martingale, and that

V0(φ) = E∗[VN(φ)] = E∗[h

S0N

],

as well as

Vn(φ) = S0nVn(φ) = S0

n E∗[h

S0N

∣∣∣ Fn] n = 0, . . . , N. (9)

Thus, at any time n = 0, . . . , N , the value of the admissible strategy that generates h is

given by S0n E∗[hS0N

∣∣∣ Fn] (”the value of the option at time n”). Therefore, if the investor

sells the option for the price of

E∗[h

S0N

]at time n = 0, and then follows the admissible strategy φ he can exactly generate thenecessary payoff h at time n = N (”the investor is perfectly hedged”). In particular,

E∗[hS0N

]is the fair price of the option at time n = 0.

19

Page 20: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Remark 2.22 In a complete market the calculaton of the fair option price only requiresthe knowledge of the risk-neutral measure P ∗ (not P ). We could have started with only

(Ω,F) and (Fn)n=0,...,N .

If these are specified, we do not need to find the true probability P (e.g. by empiricalobservations, statistics) in order to price the option!

2.3.3 Introduction to American options

Assume the market is viable and complete, and let P ∗ be the unique equivalent martingalemeasure (risk-neutral measure). An American option can be exercised at any time n =0, . . . , N . Thus it should be defined by an adapted sequence of non-negative r.v.’s

Zn ≥ 0, Zn ∈ Fn, n = 0, . . . , N.

Example 2.23

American call on S1 with strike price K payoff at time n is Zn = (S1n −K)+

American put on S1 with strike price K payoff at time n is Zn = (K − S1n)+.

In order to determine fair price for the option with possible payoff Zn proceed backwards

price at time N : UN = ZN

price at time N − 1 (if the option is not directly exercised (at time N − 1), thewriter must deliver ZN at time N , so (at time N − 1) he needs the amount that isnecessary to deliver ZN at time N):

UN−1 = max

ZN−1︸ ︷︷ ︸”option directly

exercised”

, S0N−1 E

∗[ZNS0N

∣∣∣ FN−1

]︸ ︷︷ ︸

value of the option at time N − 1 thatgenerates ZN at time N” see (9)

By induction for n = 1, . . . , N :

Un−1 = max

(Zn−1, S

0n−1 E

∗[UnS0n

∣∣∣ Fn−1

]).

20

Page 21: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Assume a constant return at rate r for riskless asset, i.e.

S0n = (1 + r)n.

Then

Un−1 = max

(Zn−1,

1

1 + rE∗[Un

∣∣∣ Fn−1

]),

and so for the discounted price of the American option Un := UnS0n

, it holds

Un−1 = max( Zn−1︸︷︷︸:=

Zn−1

S0n−1

,E∗[Un | Fn−1]).

Proposition 2.24 (Un)n=0,...,N is a P ∗-supermartingale. It is the smallest P ∗-supermartingalethat dominates (Zn)n=0,...,N .

Proof As max of adapted r.v.’s Un is adapted, and

Un−1 = E∗[Un−1 | Fn−1] = E∗[max(Zn−1,E∗[Un | Fn−1]) | Fn−1]

≥ E∗[E∗[Un | Fn−1] | Fn−1] = E∗[Un | Fn−1],

thus the first claim holds. Let (Tn)n=0,...,N be another P ∗-supermartingale that dominates(Zn)n=0,...,N . By backward induction :

TN ≥ ZN = UN

Assume Tn ≥ Un n ≤ N , then

Tn−1 ≥ E∗[Tn | Fn−1] ≥ E∗[Un | Fn−1],

henceTn−1 ≥ max(Zn−1,E∗[Un | Fn−1]) = Un−1.

2.4 Cox-Ross-Rubinstein (CRR) model

The CRR model is the discrete version of the Black-Scholes model. In this model Sn =(S0

n, S1n), n = 0, . . . , N , with riskless asset

S0n = (1 + r)n, for some r > −1,

21

Page 22: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

and the risky asset is supposed to satisfy

S1n+1 =

S1n(1 + a) or

S1n(1 + b) where − 1 < a < b,

for n = 0, ..., N − 1, with S10 = c > 0 for a given constant c. The possible states of

Tn :=S1n

S1n−1

∈ 1 + a, 1 + b, n = 1, . . . , N,

are then given by

Ω = ω = (x1, . . . , xN) | xi ∈ 1 + a, 1 + b, i = 1, . . . , N.

Each N -tuple in ω = (x1, . . . , xN) ∈ Ω represents the successive values of the ratio Tn(ω),n = 1, . . . , N , on Ω, i.e. Tn(ω) = xn for any n.

Definition: Let n ∈ N and Xi : Ω→ R, i = 1, ..., n, be maps. Then

σ(X1, ..., Xn)

is defined to be the smallest σ-algebra A in Ω for which the maps Xi are A/B(R)-mb,i = 1, ..., n. σ(X1, ..., Xn) is called the σ-algebra generated by (the maps) X1, ..., Xn.

Consider the filtration

F0 := ∅,Ω, Fn := σ(T1, . . . , Tn), n = 1, . . . , N,

on F := P(Ω). We have (exercise):

Fn = σ(S10 , . . . , S

1n), S1

n = S10

n∏k=1

Tk, n = 0, . . . , N.

It holdsP ((x1, . . . , xN)) = P (T1 = x1, . . . , Tn = xn).

(In particular, knowing P is equivalent to knowing the joint distribution of T1, . . . , Tn, seelater). We suppose that P (ω) > 0 for all ω ∈ Ω.

22

Page 23: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

1. The discounted price (Sn) is a martingale under a probability measure P on (Ω,F), ifand only if E[Tn+1 | Fn] = 1+r, n = 0, . . . , N−1, where E denote the expectation w.r.t. P

Proof Clearly (Sn) is adapted. Thus

(Sn)P -martingale ⇐⇒ (S1n)P -martingale

⇐⇒ E[S1n+1 | Fn] = S1

n

⇐⇒ E[ S1

n+1

S1n

| Fn]

= 1 (1

S1n

∈ Fn and S1n > 0)

⇐⇒ E[Tn+1 | Fn] = 1 + r (S1n+1

S1n

=S1n+1

S1n

· 1

1 + r= Tn+1 ·

1

1 + r)

2. If the market is arbitrage-free, then r ∈ (a, b).

Proof If there is no arbitrage opportunity, then ∃P ∗ ≈ P , and (Sn) is a P ∗-martingale.By 1. applied with P = P ∗

E∗[Tn+1 | Fn] = 1 + r,

hence

E∗[Tn+1 | Fn] = 1 + r = (1 + a)P ∗(Tn+1 = 1 + a) + (1 + b)P ∗(Tn+1 = 1 + b)

= 1 + aP ∗(Tn+1 = 1 + a) + b P ∗(Tn+1 = 1 + b) ∈ (1 + a, 1 + b).

3. By 2., if r /∈ (a, b), then there are arbitrage strategies.

E.g. if r ≤ a, then at time n = 0: borrow the amount of S10 in the riskless asset to

finance a share of stock S10 , i.e.

φ0 = (−S10 , 1), and keep the strategy up to time N , i.e.

φn = (−S10 , 1), n = 0, . . . , N , (i.e. at time N : pay back the loan and sell risky asset).

Then φ = (φn)n is predictable, self-financing, and for all n = 0, . . . , N

Vn(φ) = φn · Sn = S1n − S1

0(1 + r)n ≥︸︷︷︸(r≤a)

S10

(n∏k=1

Tk − (1 + a)n

)︸ ︷︷ ︸

≥0

≥ 0.

23

Page 24: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Thus φ is admissible, V0(φ) = 0, and

P (VN(φ) > 0) ≥ P (N∏k=1

Tk − (1 + a)N > 0)

= 1− P ((1 + a, . . . , 1 + a))︸ ︷︷ ︸∈(0,1)

> 0.

So φ is an arbitrage strategy.If r ≥ b, we can make a riskless profit by short-selling the risky asset, e.g.

φn = (S10 ,−1), n = 0, . . . , N is an arbitrage strategy (exercise).

4. From now on suppose: r ∈ (a, b). Set p = b−rb−a ∈ (0, 1). Then

(S1n) is a P -martingale ⇐⇒

(Tn)n=1,...,N is independent and

identically distributed (i.i.d) with

P (T1 = 1 + a) = p = 1− P (T1 = 1 + b)

(10)

Proof ”⇐ ”:

E[Tn+1 | Fn] =︸︷︷︸Tn+1 independent

of σ(T1,...,Tn)=Fn

E[Tn+1] =︸︷︷︸id

n=1,...,N−1

(1 + a)p+ (1 + b)(1− p)

= 1 + ap+ b(1− p) = 1 + (a− b)p+ b

= 1 + r − b+ b = 1 + r.

Thus (S1n) is a P -martingale by 1.

”⇒ ”: If E[Tn+1 | Fn] = 1 + r n = 0, . . . , N − 1, then

1 + r = (1 + a) E[1Tn+1=1+a | Fn] + (1 + b) E[1Tn+1=1+b | Fn]︸ ︷︷ ︸=1−E[1Tn+1=1+a | Fn]

.

Thus, we obtain E[1Tn+1=1+a | Fn] = p = 1−E[1Tn+1=1+b | Fn], n = 0, . . . , N − 1. Byinduction we get (exercise)

P (T1 = x1, . . . , Tn = xn) =n∏i=1

pi,

24

Page 25: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

where pi = p, if xi = 1 + a and pi = 1 − p, if xi = 1 + b. Thus T1, . . . , TN is i.i.d, andP (T1 = 1 + a) = p as desired.

If the l.h.s. or the r.h.s. of (10) holds, then (S1

n) is a P -martingale, and P is uniquelydetermined. Thus the market is viable (free of arbitrage) and complete, and P = P ∗. Wewill assume this from now on.

5. Let Cn (resp. Pn) the value at time n = 0, ..., N , of a European call (resp. put) on ashare of the stock S1 with strike price K and maturity N .

(a) The put/call parity equation holds

Cn − Pn = S1n −K(1 + r)n−N , n = 0, ..., N.

Proof By (9) we know that the value (fair price) of these options at any time n isgiven by

Cn = S0n E∗

[(S1

N −K)+

S0N

∣∣∣ Fn] , (resp. Pn = S0n E∗

[(K − S1

N)+

S0N

∣∣∣ Fn])Then with S0

n = (1 + r)n we obtain

Cn − Pn = (1 + r)n−N E∗[(S1N −K)+ − (K − S1

N)+ | Fn]

= (1 + r)n−N E∗[S1N −K | Fn]

= (1 + r)n E∗[S1N | Fn]−K(1 + r)n−N

= S1n −K(1 + r)n−N (since (S1

n)n=0,...,N is a martingale)

as desired.

(b) Derive an explicit formula for the price of a call. Show: we can write Cn = c(n, S1n),

where c is a function that depends on K, a, b, r, and N .

Proof For n = 0, ..., N , write

S1N = S1

n

N∏i=n+1

Ti.

25

Page 26: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Then S1n is Fn-mb and

∏Ni=n+1 Ti is independent of Fn = σ(T1, . . . , Tn). Hence, using

Proposition 4.12 from the probabilistic part of the lecture with Φ(x, y) = (xy−K)+,we obtain

Cn = (1 + r)n−N E∗[(S1n

N∏i=n+1

Ti −K)+

︸ ︷︷ ︸=Φ(S1

n,∏Ni=n+1 Ti)

| Fn] = (1 + r)n−Nϕn(S1n),

where

ϕn(x) = E∗[Φ(x,N∏

i=n+1

Ti)] = E∗[(x ·N∏

i=n+1

Ti −K)+]

=N−n∑j=0

(N − nj

)pj(1− p)N−n−j

(x · (1 + a)j(1 + b)N−n−j −K

).

Thus c(n, x) = (1 + r)n−Nϕn(x).

(c) c(n, x) satisfies the recursive equations

c(n, x) =p c(n+ 1, x(1 + a)) + (1− p)c(n+ 1, x(1 + b))

1 + r, n = 0, . . . , N − 1.

Proof We have

ϕn(x) = E∗[(x ·N∏

i=n+1

Ti −K)+]

= E∗[

(x ·N∏

i=n+1

Ti −K)+(1Tn+1=1+a + 1Tn+1=1+b)

]

= E∗(x(1 + a)

N∏i=n+2

Ti −K

)+

1Tn+1=1+a

+E∗

(x(1 + b)N∏

i=n+2

Ti −K

)+

1Tn+1=1+b

=︸︷︷︸

Tn+1 indep.

of Tn+2,...,TN

pϕn+1(x(1 + a)) + (1− p)ϕn+1(x(1 + b)).

26

Page 27: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Here the last equality follows as in the proof of Propodition 4.6. of the Probabilisticbackground.

6. If (Hn) is the replicating (=hedging) strategy of a call, then H1n = ∆(n, S1

n−1) at timen = 1, ..., N , where ∆ is expressed in terms of c.

Proof We have

Vn(H) = Hn · Sn = H0n(1 + r)n +H1

nS1n =

(9)Cn =

5.c(n, S1

n).

Since S1n = S1

n−1(1 + a) or S1n = S1

n−1(1 + b), we obtain

H0n(1 + r)n +H1

nS1n−1(1 + a) = c(n, S1

n−1(1 + a)) (∗)H0n(1 + r)n +H1

nS1n−1(1 + b) = c(n, S1

n−1(1 + b)) (∗∗)

(∗∗)− (∗) H1n =

c(n, S1n−1(1 + b))− c(n, S1

n−1(1 + a))

S1n−1(b− a)

,

thus

∆(n, x) =c(n, x(1 + b))− c(n, x(1 + a))

x(b− a).

7. Study the asymptotics in the N -period model as N → ∞. In particular derive theasymptotics of put and call prices.

For this, let T > 0. Divide the (continuous time) interval [0, T ] in N subintervals oflength T

Nand let R > 0 be the instantaneous interest rate (continuous compounding), i.e.

eRT = limN→∞

1 +RT

N︸︷︷︸=:rN

N

.

Let σ > 0 be given (we will see later: σ “=” limN→∞ var(

log(S1N))).

Let −1 < aN < bN , and aN , bN be given as unique solutions to

log

(1 + aN1 + rN

)= −σ

√T

N, log

(1 + bN1 + rN

)= σ

√T

N.

27

Page 28: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

(a) Suppose YN = XN1 + · · ·+XN

N with

XNi , 1 ≤ i ≤ N i.i.d., XN

i ∈

−σ√T

N, σ

√T

N

, E[XN

1 ] = µN , and NµN →N→∞

µ ∈ R.

For the characteristic function P YN of P YN we have for any ξ ∈ R:

P YN (ξ) = E[exp(iξYN)] =indep.

N∏j=1

E[exp(iξXNj )] =

i.d.E[exp(iξXN

1 )]N

= E[1 + iξXN1 −

ξ2

2(XN

1 )2 + rest︸︷︷︸=o( 1

N )

]N

=

(1 +

iξNµN − ξ2

2σ2T +N · o

(1N

)N

)N

−→N→∞

exp(iξµ− ξ2

2σ2T ) = E[exp(iξY )], Y ∼ N(µ, σ2T ).

Thus the characteristic functions P YN converge pointwise to the characteristic functionof N(µ, σ2T ) which is obviously continuous in ξ = 0. It follows from Levy’s continuitytheorem that P YN −→

N→∞N(µ, σ2T ) weakly.

(b) Calculate the asymptotics of the fair put/call prices.

For given N ≥ 1 the (fair) put price at time n = 0 is:

P(N)0 = (1 + rN)−N E∗[(K − S1

0

N∏j=1

Tj)+]

= E∗[(K(1 + rN)−N − S1

0

N∏j=1

(Tj

1 + rN

))+],

= E∗[(K(1 + rN)−N − S1

0eYN)+]

with

YN :=N∑j=1

log( Tj

1 + rN

).

28

Page 29: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Assuming Tj ∈ 1 + aN , 1 + bN, we have that

XNj := log

(Tj

1 + rN

)∈

−σ√T

N, σ

√T

N

, 1 ≤ j ≤ N.

Furthermore (XNj )1≤j≤N is i.i.d. under P ∗ (cf. 4.) and

E∗[XNj ] =

(−σ√T

N

)p+

√T

N

)(1− p) = (1− 2p)σ

√T

N,

where p = bN−rNbN−aN

. It follows

(1− 2p) =2− eσ

√TN − e−σ

√TN

eσ√

TN − e−σ

√TN

,

and

N · E∗[XNj ] −→

N→∞µ = −σ

2T

2.

Thus (YN)N≥1, (XNj )1≤j≤N , satisfy the conditions of 7.(a). Define

ψ(y) := (K e−RT − S10 e

y)+ ∈ Cb(R) (for call not bounded!)

Using that x 7→ (x− const)+ is Lipschitz continuous with Lipschitz constant one, we get∣∣∣P (N)0 − E∗[ψ(YN)]

∣∣∣ =∣∣∣E∗[(K(1 + rN)−N − S1

0 exp(YN))+ −

(K e−RT − S1

0 exp(YN))+

]∣∣∣

≤ K∣∣∣(1 + rN)−N − e−RT

∣∣∣ −→N→∞

0,

and since P ∗YN −→ N(µ, σ2T ) weakly and ψ ∈ Cb(R), we obtain

limN→∞

P(N)0 = lim

N→∞E∗[ψ(YN)] =

∫Rψ(y)N(µ, σ2T )(dy) =

1√2πσ2T

∫ ∞−∞

ψ(y) e−(y−µ)2

2σ2T dy.

The first zero of the decreasing function ψ is given by

Z0 = log

(Ke−RT

S10

)= log

(K

S10

)−RT.

29

Page 30: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Thus

limN→∞

P(N)0 =

1√2πσ2T

∫ Z0

−∞ψ(y) e−

(y−µ)2

2σ2T dy

=1√

2πσ2T

∫ Z0

−∞e−

(y−µ)2

2σ2T dy ·Ke−RT − 1√2πσ2T

∫ Z0

−∞ey−

(y−µ)2

2σ2T dy · S10 .

In the first integral of the last expression we make the substitution z = y−µσ√T

. Noting that

y − (y − µ)2

2σ2T=−4µy − (y − µ)2

2σ2T=

(y + µ)2

2σ2T,

we make the substitution z = y+µ

σ√T

in the second integral. By this, we obtain

limN→∞

P(N)0 =

1√2π

∫ Z0−µσ√T

−∞e−

z2

2 dz ·Ke−RT − 1√2π

∫ Z0+µ

σ√T

−∞e−

z2

2 dz · S10

= Ke−RT Φ

log(KS10

)−RT + σ2T

2

σ√T

− S10 Φ

log(KS10

)−RT − σ2T

2

σ√T

where Φ(x) = 1√

∫ x−∞ e

− z2

2 dz. Therefore the asymptotic put price is

limN→∞

P(N)0 = E∗[ψ(Y )] = Ke−RT Φ(−d2)− S1

0 Φ(−d1)

with

d1 =− log

(KS10

)+RT + σ2T

2

σ√T

, d2 = d1 − σ√T .

The asymptotic call price now follows from the put/call parity:

limN→∞

C(N)0 = lim

N→∞

(P

(N)0 + S

(N)0︸︷︷︸

≡S10=c

−K(1 + rN)−N︸ ︷︷ ︸→Ke−RT

)= Ke−RT

(Φ(−d2)− 1︸ ︷︷ ︸∫−d2−∞ −

∫∞−∞=−

∫∞−d2

=−∫ d2−∞ by symmetry

)− S1

0

(Φ(−d1)− 1︸ ︷︷ ︸

=−∫ d1−∞

)

= S10Φ(d1)−Ke−RTΦ(d2).

Remark 2.25 The only non-observable parameter is σ! Its interpretation as variancesuggests it should be estimated by statistical methods.

30

Page 31: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

3 Brownian motion and Stochastic Differential Equa-

tions (SDEs)

3.1 General notions

Definition 3.1 Let (Ω,A, P ) be a probability space, and (E,E) a measurable space. Astochastic process is a family of r.v.s (Xt)t≥0 from (Ω,A, P ) with values in (E,E) (E iscalled state space). Thus

∀t ≥ 0 Xt : (Ω,A) −→ (E,E) measurable.

∀ω ∈ Ω the map X.(ω) : [0,∞) −→ E

t 7→ Xt(ω),

is called a sample path (or a trajectory).

Remark 3.2 - t stands for time

- a stochastic process can be considered as map

X := X.(·) : R+ × Ω −→ E.

We always assume that X is B(R+)⊗A︸ ︷︷ ︸product σ−algebra

\E measurable.

- we will mainly work with stochastic processes on a finite time interval [0, T ].

Definition 3.3 Let (Ω,A, P ) be a probability space. A filtration on A is an increasingfamily (Ft)t≥0 of sub-σ-algebras of A, i.e.

Fs ⊂ Ft ⊂ A ∀s ≤ t.

A process (Xt)t≥0 is adapted to (Ft)t≥0, if Xt is Ft-mb ∀t ≥ 0, i.e. Xt ∈ A := ω ∈Ω | Xt(ω) ∈ A ∈ Ft ∀A ∈ E, t ≥ 0.

For any t ≥ 0, Ft is interpreted as information (knowledge) at time t. To express that(Ft)t>0 is a filtration on (Ω,A, P ) we shortly write (Ω,A, (Ft)t>0, P ).

Remark 3.4 We will only work with filtrations (Ft)t≥0 such that F0 contains all P -zerosets of A, i.e.

A′ ⊂ A ∈ A and P (A) = 0⇒ A′ ∈ F0. (11)

31

Page 32: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

A filtration as in Remark 3.4 can always be constructed from an ordinary one. Indeed, let

NP := A′ ⊂ Ω | A′ ⊂ A ∈ A, P (A) = 0,

andAP := A ∪ A′ | A ∈ A, A′ ∈ NP,

then one can show that AP is a σ-algebra on Ω, and that P extends to AP by the formulaP (A∪A′) = P (A), if A ∈ A, A′ ∈ NP (exercise). (Ω,AP , P ) is called the completion of Aw.r.t. P . Then let

Ft := σ(Ft ∪NP ) t ≥ 0.

Then (Ft)t≥0 is a filtration on AP that satisfies (11) with A replaced by AP .A useful consequence of (11) is the following:

X = Y P -a.s. and Y Ft-mb⇒ X Ft-mb (exercise)

Gt := σ(Xs; s ≤ t) is called the filtration generated by (Xt)t≥0. If (Xt)t≥0 is adapted tosome filtration (Ft)t≥0, then Gt ⊂ Ft,∀t ≥ 0 (since Xs ∈ Ft for any s ≤ t and (Gt)t≥0 isthe smallest filtration for which this is the case). In general (σ(Xs; s ≤ t))t≥0 does notsatisfy (11), but by the above consideration the completed filtration Gt := σ(σ(Xs; s ≤t)∪NP ), t ≥ 0, satisfies (11). This (Gt)t≥0 is called the natural filtration of (Xt). Obviously(Xt)t≥0 is also adapted to (Gt)t≥0.

Definition 3.5 A stopping time w.r.t. the filtration (Ft)t≥0 is a map τ : Ω→ [0,∞] suchthat

τ ≤ t ∈ Ft, ∀t ≥ 0.

In particular τ is A-measurable. The σ-algebra associated with τ is

Fτ := A ∈ A | A ∩ τ ≤ t ∈ Ft ∀t ≥ 0

It is called the σ-algebra of the ”τ -past” or of the ”events prior to τ”. Fτ is interpreted asinformation available before τ .

For technical reasons it is also convenient to consider right-continuous filtrations (Ft)t≥0,i.e. filtrations (Ft)t≥0 that satisfy Ft = Ft+ := ∩ε>0Ft+ε for any t ≥ 0. By considering theright-continuous filtration (Ft+)t≥0 instead of (Ft)t≥0, we may often assume that (Ft)t≥0

is right-continuous.(Ft)t>0 is said to satisfy the “usual conditions” if it is right-continuous, (Ω,A, P ) acomplete probability space, and N ∈ A such that P (N) = 0 implies N ∈ F0. From nowon we assume whenever necessary the usual conditions.

32

Page 33: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Proposition 3.6 (Let (Ft)t≥0 satisfy the usual conditions)

(1) If S is a stopping time, S is FS-mb.

(2) Let S be a stopping time, P (S < ∞) = 1, (Xt)t≥0 be continuous (i.e. P (t 7→Xt is continuous) = 1), and adapted to (Ft)t≥0. Then XS is FS-mb, where

(XS)(ω) :=

XS(ω)(ω), if S(ω) <∞,0 otherwise.

(3) If S, T are stopping times with S ≤ T P -a.s, then FS ⊂ FT .

(4) If S, T are stopping times, then S ∧ T := inf(S, T ) is a stopping time. In particular∀t ≥ 0, t fixed S ∧ t is a stopping time.

(5) τ : Ω→ [0,∞] is a stopping time, if and only if it is a weak stopping time, i.e.

τ < t ∈ Ft, ∀t ≥ 0.

Proof Exercise, cf. e.g. lecture SDEs.

3.2 Brownian motion

Definition 3.7 A real-valued stochastic process (Bt)t≥0 is called a (standard) Brownianmotion (BM for short, or BM starting in zero), if :

(1) P (ω ∈ Ω | B0(ω) = 0) = 1 (”start in zero”, ”standard”).

(2) ∀0 ≤ s < t, the r.v. Bt−Bs is normally distributed with mean 0 and variance t− s,i.e. for any b ∈ R

P (Bt −Bs ≤ b) =1√

2π(t− s)

∫ b

−∞e−

x2

2(t−s) dx.

(3) (Bt)t≥0 has independent increments, i.e. for any 0 ≤ t1 < · · · < tn, the r.v.’s

Bt1 , Bt2 −Bt1 , . . . , Btn −Btn−1

are independent.

33

Page 34: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

(4) Almost all sample paths of (Bt)t≥0 are continuous, i.e.

P (ω | t 7→ Bt(ω) is continuous) = 1.

Remark 3.8 The construction, i.e. existence of a BM is not trivial to show (see forinstance lecture SDEs). Here, we accept the existence of a BM as in 3.7.

Definition 3.9 Let (Gt)t≥0 be a filtration on (Ω,A, P ). An (Gt)-adapted process (Bt)t≥0

is called a (Gt)t≥0-BM (or BM w.r.t. (Gt)t≥0), if

(1) (Bt)t≥0 is a BM.

(2) ∀s ≤ t: Bt −Bs is independent of Gs.

Remark 3.10 Any BM (Bt)t≥0 is an σ(Bs; s ≤ t)-BM. One can also check that any BM(Bt)t≥0 is a BM w.r.t. its natural filtration.

3.3 Continuous-time martingales

Definition 3.11 Let (Ω, (Ft)t≥0,A, P ) be a filtered probability space. An (Ft)-adaptedfamily (Mt)t≥0 of integrable r.v.’s (i.e. E[|Mt|] <∞ for any t ≥ 0) is a

- a martingale, if Ms = E[Mt | Fs] for all s ≤ t.

- a supermartingale, if Ms ≥ E[Mt | Fs] for all s ≤ t.

- a submartingale, if Ms ≤ E[Mt | Fs] for all s ≤ t.

Proposition 3.12 If (Xt)t≥0 is a standard (Ft)-BM, then:

(1) (Xt)t≥0 is an (Ft)-martingale.

(2) (X2t − t)t≥0 is an (Ft)-martingale.

(3) (eσXt−σ2

2t)t≥0 is an (Ft)-martingale for any σ ∈ R.

Proof

(1) One easily checks E[|Xt|] <∞ for any t ≥ 0 and ∀s ≤ t

E[Xt | Fs]−Xs =Xs∈Fs

E[Xt −Xs | Fs] =3.11(2)

E[Xt −Xs] =3.7(2)

0.

34

Page 35: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

(2) We have E[X2t ] <∞ for any t ≥ 0 and for any s ≤ t

E[X2t −X2

s | Fs] = E[(Xt −Xs)2 + 2Xs(Xt −Xs) | Fs]

= E[(Xt −Xs)2 | Fs] + 2Xs E[(Xt −Xs) | Fs]︸ ︷︷ ︸

=0 by (1)

=3.11(2)

E[(Xt −Xs)2] =

3.7(2)t− s,

thus using X2s ∈ Fs, we obtain E[X2

s | Fs]− s = E[X2t − t | Fs] for any s ≤ t.

(3) is left as an exercise.

The (sub)martingale property remains true for bounded (!) stopping times.

Theorem 3.13 (optional sampling theorem) Let (Mt)t≥0 be a continuous martingalew.r.t. (Ft)t≥0. If τ1, τ2 are two bounded stopping times with τ1 ≤ τ2, then Mτ2 is integrableand

E[Mτ2 | Fτ1 ] = Mτ1 P -a.s.

(The above equation holds with ” ≥ ”, if (Mt)t≥0 is a submartingale).

Remark 3.14 Theorem 3.13 implies:

∀ bounded stopping times τ, Mτ is integrable, and E[Mτ ] = E[M0].

(In fact: If we preassume continuity and adaptedness of (Mt)t≥0 as in 3.13, this is alsoequivalent to the statement in 3.13).

Proposition 3.15 Let (Xt)t≥0 be an (Ft)-BM. Define

Ta := infs ≥ 0 | Xs = a, a ∈ R (inf ∅ := +∞).

Then Ta is a stopping time, finite P -a.s. and its distribution is characterized by its Laplacetransform

E[e−λTa ] = e−√

2λ|a|, λ ≥ 0.

Proof By 3.4 we may assume that t 7→ Xt(ω) is continuous ∀ω ∈ Ω. Let first a > 0.Then

Ta ≤ t = sups≤t

Xs ≥ a =⋂

ε>0,ε∈Q

sups≤t

Xs > a− ε =⋂

ε>0,ε∈Q

⋃s∈Qs≤t

Xs > a− ε ∈ Ft.

35

Page 36: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Thus Ta is a stopping time. Hence Ta ∧ n is a bounded stopping time ∀n ≥ 1, and so

E[eσXTa∧n−σ2

2Ta∧n] =

3.12(3)+3.141 ∀n ≥ 0, σ ∈ R. (12)

From now on, we let σ > 0. Then, we have 0 ≤ eσXTa∧n−σ2

2Ta∧n ≤ eσa P -a.s. ∀n ≥

1 (integrable majorant) and

limn→∞

1Ta<∞eσXTa∧n−

σ2

2Ta∧n = 1Ta<∞e

σXTa−σ2

2Ta =

XTa=a1Ta<∞e

σa−σ2

2Ta

and since Xt ≤ a on Ta =∞, for σ > 0

limn→∞

1Ta=∞eσXTa∧n−

σ2

2Ta∧n = lim

n→∞1Ta=∞e

σXn−σ2

2n = 0.

Thus for (any) σ > 0

1 =(12)

limn→∞

E[eσXTa∧n−σ2

2Ta∧n] =

LebesgueE[ lim

n→∞eσXTa∧n−

σ2

2Ta∧n] = E[1Ta<∞e

σa−σ2

2Ta ]

This implies

E[1Ta<∞e−σ

2

2Ta ] = e−σa (13)

Letting σ 0, we obtain again using Lebesgue E[1Ta<∞] = 1, hence

P (Ta <∞) = 1,

and so, by (13)

E[e−σ2

2Ta ] = e−σa.

If a < 0, then since Wt := −Xt is also a (standard) (Ft)-BM, and

Ta = infs ≥ 0 | Xs = a = infs ≥ 0 | Ws = −a︸︷︷︸>0

,

we conclude as before E[e−σ2

2Ta ] = e−σ(−a). Now, we let λ := σ2

2, then the assertion follows

for any λ > 0. The assertion for λ = 0 is trivial.

Theorem 3.16 (Doob’s inequality) Let (Mt)t∈[0,T ] be a continuous martingale. Then

E

[supt∈[0.T ]

|Mt|2]≤ 4E[M2

T ]

Proof See textbooks on probability theory or martingale theory.

36

Page 37: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

3.4 Stochastic integral and Ito claculus

Let (Wt)t≥0 be a standard (Ft)-BM on a filtered probability space (Ω,A, (Ft)t≥0, P ). Fora certain class (that we will precise later) of adapted process (Ht)t≥0 we want to definethe stochastic integral ∫ t

0

Hs dWs, t ≥ 0 (14)

From the next theorem and the following remark, we can see that it is not possible todefine (14) in the Lebesgue-Stieltjes sense.

Theorem 3.17 Let τn = 0 = tn0 < tn1 < · · · < tnN(τn) <∞, tni ∈ R, n ≥ 1, be a sequence

of partitions of [0,∞) with

|τn|︸︷︷︸”mesh of τn”

:= sup1≤i≤N(τn)

|tni − tni−1| −→n→∞

0, tnN(τn) −→n→∞

∞.

Define

Snt :=∑tni∈τn

tni+1≤t

(Wti+1−Wti)

2.

Then Snt −→n→∞

t in L2(Ω,A, P ). If additionally τn ⊂ τn+1, then

P (Snt −→n→∞

t ∀t ≥ 0) = 1.

Proof L2-convergence: We have

E[Snt ] =∑tni∈τn

tni+1≤t

E[(Wti+1−Wti)

2] =∑tni∈τn

tni+1≤t

(tni+1 − tni ) −→n→∞

t,

and

var(Snt ) =∑tni∈τn

tni+1≤t

var((Wtni+1

−Wtni)2)

=∑tni∈τn

tni+1≤t

(E[(Wtni+1

−Wtni)4]︸ ︷︷ ︸

=3(tni+1−tni )2 (exercise)

−(tni+1 − tni )2)

= 2∑tni∈τn

tni+1≤t

(tni+1 − tni )2 −→n→∞

0.

Thus Snt − E[Snt ] −→n→∞

0 in L2, hence also Snt − t −→n→∞

in L2.

P -a.s. convergence: Proof only for τn = dyadic partition, i.e.

tni =i

2n, i = 0, . . . , n · 2n = N(τn), n ≥ 1.

37

Page 38: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Then

var(Snt ) = 2

i+12n≤t∑

i=0

(1

2n

)2

≤ 2k·2n−1∑i=0

(1

2n

)2

=2k

2n(for t ≤ k).

Thus using Chebyshev’s inequality, i.e.

P (|Snt − E[Snt ]| ≥ ε) ≤ 1

ε2var(Snt ) ∀ε > 0,

we get∞∑n=1

P (|Snt − E[Snt ]| ≥ ε) ≤ 2k

ε2<∞ ∀ε > 0

Thus (Snt − E[Snt ])n≥1 converges fast in probability to zero. Consequently (cf. lectureTIM1, Lemma 7.7), (Snt − E[Snt ])n≥1 converges P -a.s. to zero. Since limn→∞ E[Snt ] = t bythe above, we have hence shown that

P ( limn→∞

Snt = t) = 1 for any t ≥ 0.

This means: ∀t ≥ 0 ∃Ωt with P (Ωt) = 1 and

limn→∞

Snt (ω) = t ∀ω ∈ Ωt (dependence on t !).

Let Q+2 := m · 2−n ; m,n ∈ N ∪ 0 be the positive dyadic rationals and

Ω :=⋂t∈Q+

2

Ωt.

Then P (Ω) = 1, since P ((⋂t∈Q2

Ωt)c) = P (

⋃t∈Q2

Ωct) ≤

∑t∈Q2

P (Ωct) = 0 and

Snt (ω)n→∞−→ t ω ∈ Ω and t ∈ Q+

2 .

Let t ∈ [0,∞) \Q+2 . Then ∃(t+k )k≥1, (t

−k )k≥1 ⊂ Q+

2 , with t+k t, t−k t as k ∞ and forall ω ∈ Ω, n, k ≥ 1, we get

Snt−k

(ω) ≤ Snt (ω) ≤ Snt+k

(ω).

Thust−k = lim

n→∞Snt−k

(ω) ≤ lim infn→∞

Snt (ω) ≤ lim supn→∞

Snt (ω) ≤ limn→∞

Snt+k

(ω) = t+k

for any k ≥ 1. Letting k →∞ we get: limn→∞ Snt (ω) = t for all ω ∈ Ω, t ≥ 0 (”Sandwich

argument”).

38

Page 39: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Remark 3.18 Theorem 3.17 shows that P -a.e. path of BM is of infinite variation. Indeed,suppose (Wt(ω))t≥0 is of finite variation, then∑

tni∈τn

tni+1≤t

(Wtni+1(ω)−Wtni

(ω))2 ≤ maxtni∈τn

tni+1≤t

|Wtni+1(ω)−Wtni

(ω)|

︸ ︷︷ ︸<ε, for |τn|<δ

by uniform continuity on [0,t]

∑tni∈τn

tni+1≤t

|Wtni+1(ω)−Wtni

(ω)|

︸ ︷︷ ︸<∞ by assumption

⇒ 〈W 〉t(ω) := limn→∞

Snt (ω) = 0, ∀t ≥ 0.

But by Theorem 3.17 this only possible for ω in some P -zero set, i.e. ω /∈ Ω. Therefore,as we already said, we can not define (14) pathwise as an Lebesgue-Stieltjes integral.However, the quadratic variation of (Wt)t≥0 along (τn) is a well behaved function (positive,continuous and increasing). This fact can be exploited in order to develop a new approachfor the definition of (14).

3.4.1 Construction of the stochastic integral

Let (Wt)t≥0 be a standard (Ft)-BM on

(Ω,A, (Ft)t≥0, P ).

Fix T > 0.

Definition 3.19 (Ht)t∈[0,T ] is called a simple process, if

Ht(ω) =

p∑i=1

φi(ω)1(ti−1,ti](t),

where 0 = t0 < t1 < · · · < tp = T , and φi, i = 1, ..., p, is Fti−1-measurable and bounded.

The stochastic integral of H is defined for all t ∈ [0, T ] by

I(H)t :=

p∑i=1

φi(Wti∧t −Wti−1∧t)

⇒ (I(H)t)t∈[0,T ] is continuous, (Ft)-adapted and (square) integrable.

We have

I(H)t =k∑i=1

φi(Wti −Wti−1) + φk+1(Wt −Wtk), if t ∈ (tk, tk+1]. (15)

39

Page 40: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

One writes ∫ t

0

Hs dWs := I(H)t, t ∈ [0, T ].

Proposition 3.20 If (Ht)t∈[0,T ] is a simple process, then

(1)(∫ t

0

Hs dWs

)t∈[0,T ]

is a continuous (Ft)-martingale.

(2) E[( ∫ t

0

Hs dWs

)2]

= E[ ∫ t

0

H2s ds

], t ∈ [0, T ].

(3) E[

supt≤T

∣∣ ∫ t

0

Hs dWs

∣∣2] ≤ 4E[ ∫ T

0

H2s ds

].

Proof

(1) Let s < t. Include s, t in 0 = t0 < · · · < tp = T .

0 = t0 < · · · < tp = T, p ∈ p, p+ 1, p+ 2.

For n ≤ p we can use (15), and write

Mn :=

∫ tn

0

Hu dWu =n∑i=1

φi(Wti −Wti−1)

with φi ∈ Gi−1 := Fti−1, i = 1, ..., p.

Further Xj := Wtj , j = 0, ..., p is a (Gj)-martingale since (Wt)t≥0 is an (Ft)-martingale. Thus (Mn) is a martingale transform (see Proposition 2.10). Then∃j < l ≤ p with s = tj, t = tl, and so

E[ ∫ t

0

Hu dWu | Fs]

= E[Ml | Gj] = Mj =

∫ t

0

Hu dWu.

We already know that( ∫ t

0Hu dWu

)t≥0

is continuous adapted and integrable, thus

(1) follows.

(2) Using the notations of (1), there exists n ≤ p, with t = tn. Then

E[M2n] =

n∑i,j=1

E[φi φj(Xi −Xi−1)(Xj −Xj−1)]. (16)

40

Page 41: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

If i < j, then

E[φi φj(Xi −Xi−1)(Xj −Xj−1)]

= E[E[φi φj(Xi −Xi−1)(Xj −Xj−1) | Gj−1]

]= E

[φi φj(Xi −Xi−1)E[(Xj −Xj−1) | Gj−1]︸ ︷︷ ︸

=0

]= 0, (17)

and for j > i we get the same. For i = j, we have by independence of the Brownianincrements

E[(φi)2(Xi −Xi−1)2] = E

[E[(φi)

2(Xi −Xi−1)2 | Gi−1]]

= E[(φi)

2 E[(Xi −Xi−1)2 | Gi−1]︸ ︷︷ ︸=E[(Wti

−Wti−1)2]=ti−ti−1

]. (18)

Since t = tn for some n ∈ 0, . . . , p, we obtain

E[( ∫ t

0

Hs dWs

)2]

= E[M2n] =

(16),(17),(18)

E[n∑i=1

(φi)2(ti − ti−1)] = E

[ ∫ t

0

H2s ds

].

(3) Since( ∫ t

0Hs dWs

)t∈[0,T ]

is a continuous martingale, (3) is just Doob’s inequality

together with (2).

Remark 3.21 Define∫ T

t

Hs dWs :=

∫ T

0

Hs dWs −∫ t

0

Hs dWs, t ≤ T.

If A ∈ Ft, then s 7→ 1A1s>tHs is still simple process, since

∀s ≤ T 1A 1s>t︸ ︷︷ ︸1(t,T ](s)

Hs =

p∑i=1

φi1A1(ti−1,ti]∩(t,T ](s)

Here

φi1A ∈

Fti−1

if t ≤ ti−1

Ft if t ∈ (ti−1, ti)

Ft if t ≥ ti

and (ti−1, ti] ∩ (t, T ] =

(ti−1, ti] if t ≤ ti−1

(t, ti] if t ∈ (ti−1, ti)

∅ if t ≥ ti.

41

Page 42: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Further, one can easily see from the definition of stochastic integral that∫ T

0

1A1s>tHs dWs = 1A

∫ T

t

Hs dWs. (19)

Define

H :=

(Ht)t∈[0,T ] | H is (Ft)-adapted and E[ ∫ T

0

H2s ds

]<∞

.

Obviously H contains all simple processes.

Proposition 3.22 Let (Wt)t≥0 be an (Ft)-BM. There exists a unique linear map

J : H −→Mc = continuous (Ft)-martingales on [0, T ],

H 7→ (J(H)t)t∈[0,T ]

such that:

(1) If (Ht)t∈[0,T ] is a simple process, then

P (I(H)t = J(H)t ∀t ∈ [0, T ]) = 1.

(2) If t ∈ [0, T ], then

E[J(H)2t ] = E

[ ∫ t

0

H2s ds

]for any H ∈ H.

The uniqueness of J is in the following sense: Let J ′ be another map with the sameproperties as J , then

P (J(H)t = J ′(H)t ∀t ∈ [0, T ]) = 1 for any H ∈ H.

Define: ∫ t

0

Hs dWs := J(H)t for t ≥ 0, H ∈ H. (”stochastic integral”)

Proposition 3.23 Let H ∈ H. Then:

(1)

E[

supt∈[0,T ]

∣∣ ∫ t

0

Hs dWs

∣∣2] ≤ 4E[ ∫ T

0

H2s ds

](20)

42

Page 43: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

(2) If τ ≤ T is an (Ft)-stopping time, then

P(∫ τ

0

Hs dWs =

∫ T

0

1s≤τHs dWs

)= 1. (21)

Proof of 3.22 (and 3.23). We shall accept: H ∈ H⇒ ∃(Hn)n∈N simple processes with

E[ ∫ T

0

(Hs −Hns )2 ds

]−→n→∞

0.

For a sketch of proof of this fact see e.g. [Karatzas/Shreve, Brownian motion and stochasticcalculus (2nd edition 1991), 2.5 Problem, p.135]. For H ∈ H and (Hn)n∈N like above, and∀p ≥ 1

E[

supt∈[0,T ]

∣∣∣I(Hn+p)t − I(Hn)t

∣∣∣2] ≤ 4E[ ∫ T

0

(Hn+ps −Hn

s )2 ds]

(22)

⇒ ∃ subsequence (nk) with

E[

supt∈[0,T ]

∣∣∣I(Hnk+1)t − I(Hnk)t

∣∣∣2] 12 ≤ 1

2k

⇒ E[ ∞∑k=1

supt∈[0,T ]

∣∣∣I(Hnk+1)t − I(Hnk)t

∣∣∣]≤

∞∑k=1

E[

supt∈[0,T ]

∣∣∣I(Hnk+1)t − I(Hnk)t

∣∣∣2] 12 ≤ 1 <∞

⇒ P( ∞∑k=1

supt∈[0,T ]

∣∣∣I(Hnk+1)t − I(Hnk)t

∣∣∣ <∞) = 1

⇒ ∃J(H)t := limk→∞

I(Hnk)t uniformly on [0, T ] P -a.s.

In particular: (J(H)t)t∈[0,T ] is continuous and adapted. Taking the limit in (22) along thesubsequence (n+ p nk), we obtain with Fatou’s lemma

E[

supt∈[0,T ]

∣∣∣J(H)t − I(Hn)t

∣∣∣2] ≤ 4E[ ∫ T

0

(Hs −Hns )2 ds

]. (23)

(23) implies: J(H)t does not depend on the choice of approximating sequence (Hn)n∈Nand 3.22 (1) holds. Moreover: (23) ⇒ I(Hn)t → J(H)t in L2 for any t ∈ [0, T ]. ThenJ(H) is a martingale, since for any s ≤ t P -a.s.

E[J(H)t | Fs] = E[ limk→∞

I(Hnk)t | Fs] = limk→∞

E[I(Hnk)t | Fs] = limk→∞

I(Hnk)s = J(H)s.

43

Page 44: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

3.22 (2) holds, because

E[J(H)2t ] =

(23)limn→∞

E[I(Hn)2t ] =

3.20limn→∞

E[ ∫ t

0

(Hns )2 ds

]= E

[ ∫ t

0

H2s ds

].

(20) holds, because

E[

supt∈[0,T ]

|J(H)t|2]

= limk

E[

supt∈[0,T ]

∣∣∣ I(Hnk)t

∣∣∣2] ≤ limk

4E[ ∫ T

0

(Hnks )2 ds

]= 4E

[ ∫ T

0

(Hs)2 ds]

and the uniqueness follows, since for any n ≥ 1

E[ supt∈[0,T ]

|J(H)t − J ′(H)t|2]

≤ 2(E[ sup

t∈[0,T ]

∣∣∣J(H)t − I(Hn)t

∣∣∣2] + E[ supt∈[0,T ]

∣∣∣I(Hn)t − J ′(H)t

∣∣∣2])

≤ 16E[ ∫ T

0

(Hs −Hns )2 ds

]−→n→∞

0.

Finally, we want to show (21): Start with stopping times of the form

τ =n∑i=1

ti1Ai , 0 < t1 < · · · < tn = T, Ai ∈ Fti , pairwise disjoint , 1 ≤ i ≤ n, P (∪ni=1Ai) = 1.

τ is indeed a stopping time by Proposition 3.6(5), since

1s>τ = 1s>∑ni=1 ti1Ai =

n∑i=1

1s>ti1Ai︸ ︷︷ ︸=

0 if s ≤ ti

1Ai ∈ Fti ⊂ Fsif s > ti.

44

Page 45: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Hence 1s>τHs ∈ H and also 1s>ti1AiHs ∈ H if H ∈ H, i = 1, ..., n. Then∫ T

0

1s>τHs dWs =n∑i=1

∫ T

0

1s>ti1AiHs dWs

= limk→∞

n∑i=1

∫ T

0

1s>ti1AiHnks dWs

=(19)

limk→∞

n∑i=1

1Ai

∫ T

ti

Hnks dWs

=n∑i=1

1Ai

∫ T

ti

Hs dWs =

∫ T

τ

Hs dWs,

and so ∫ T

0

1s≤τHs dWs =

∫ τ

0

Hs dWs.

For general stopping time τ ≤ T we have that

τn := T1τ=T +2n−1∑k=0

(k + 1)T

2n1τ∈[ kT

2n,(k+1)T

2n) ( τ as n→∞)

is of the previous form and by continuity∫ τn

0

Hs dWs −→n→∞

∫ τ

0

Hs dWs P -a.s.

Further

E[∣∣∣ ∫ T

0

1s≤τnHs dWs −∫ T

0

1s≤τHs dWs

∣∣∣2] =3.22(2)

E[ ∫ T

0

1τ<s≤τnH2s ds

]−→n→∞

0

by Lebesgue. Thus ∫ T

0

1s≤τnHs dWs −→∫ T

0

1s≤τHs dWs

in L2(Ω,A, P ), hence P -a.s. along a subsequence, say (τnk). Consequently∫ τ

0

Hs dWs = limk→∞

∫ τnk

0

Hs dWs = limk→∞

∫ T

0

1s≤τnkHs dWs =

∫ T

0

1s≤τHs dWs

P -a.s. and (21) is shown.

45

Page 46: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Define

H := (Hs)s∈[0,T ] | H is (Ft)-adapted and

∫ T

0

H2s ds <∞ P -a.s..

In the following proposition we extend the stochastic integral to integrand processes inH. In this case the stochastic integral is not necessarily a martingale.

Proposition 3.24 There exists a unique linear map

J : H −→ C = continuous processes on [0, T ]

such that:

(1) Extension property: If (Ht)t∈[0,T ] is a simple process, then

P(J(H)t = I(H)t ∀t ∈ [0, T ]

)= 1.

(2) Continuity property: If (Hn)n∈N ⊂ H, then

P( ∫ T

0

(Hns )2 ds ≥ ε

)−→n→∞

0 ∀ε > 0⇒ P(

supt∈[0,T ]

|J(Hn)t| ≥ ε)−→n→∞

0 ∀ε > 0.

For H ∈ H, we set as before∫ t

0

Hs dWs := J(H)t, t ∈ [0, T ].

Proof Existence: Let H ∈ H and

Tn := infs ∈ [0, T ] |

∫ s

0

H2u du ≥ n

, inf ∅ :=∞.

Then Tn ∞ P -a.s. as n∞. Since Tn ≤ t⇔∫ t

0H2u du ≥ n, we get

Tn ≤ t =∫ t

0

H2u du ≥ n

.

Thus it is enough to show that( ∫ t

0H2u du

)t∈[0,T ]

is adapted in order to show that Tn is a

stopping time. If H ∈ H this is true, since ∃Hn simple with∫ t

0

(Hnu )2 du︸ ︷︷ ︸

adapted

−→n→∞

∫ t

0

H2u du P -a.s. for t = T hence ∀t ∈ [0, T ].

46

Page 47: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

If H ∈ H then this is also true since∫ t

0

(|Hu| ∧ k)2 du︸ ︷︷ ︸adapted, since (|Hu|∧k)u∈[0,T ]

is in H

−→k→∞

∫ t

0

H2u du P -a.s. ∀t ∈ [0, T ].

Furthermore

E[ ∫ T

0

H2s1s≤Tn ds

]= E

[ ∫ T∧Tn

0

H2s ds

]≤ n,

thusHns := Hs1s≤Tn is in H ∀n ≥ 1.

Note that 1s≤Tn is Fs-mb since Tn is a stopping time. Furthermore for any n, k ≥ 1

∫ t

0

Hns dWs =

(21)

∫ T

0

1s≤tHns dWs =

∫ T

0

1s≤t 1s≤Tn

=Hn+ks︷ ︸︸ ︷

1s≤Tn+kHs︸ ︷︷ ︸=Hn

s since Tn≤Tn+k

dWs

=

∫ T

0

1s≤t∧TnHn+ks dWs =

(21)

∫ t∧Tn

0

Hn+ks dWs.

Thus on Tn > T we have P -a.s.

J(Hn)t = J(Hn+k)t ∀t ≤ T. (24)

Since Tn > T =∫ T

0H2u du < n

Ω (up to some P -zero set) we can define almost

surely a process J(H) by localization, i.e. for n ∈ N:

∀t ≤ T J(H)t := J(Hn)t on∫ T

0

H2u du < n

.

Then,

- J(H)t is (almost surely) continuous since J(Hn)t is continuous for any n, and J(H)is well defined by (24)

- the extension property holds by construction, since if H is a simple process(bounded !), then P -a.s. H = Hn = Hn0 for ∀n ≥ n0 for some n0 (since Tn0 = ∞for some n0 ⇒ Tn =∞ ∀n ≥ n0). Thus

J(H)t = J(Hn0)t = I(H)t ∀t ≤ T P -a.s.

47

Page 48: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Next we show the continuity property. For any N ∈ N

P(

supt∈[0,T ]

|J(H)t| ≥ ε)≤ P

(∫ T

0

H2s ds ≥

1

N

)+ P

(1∫ T0 H2

s ds<1N supt∈[0,T ]

|J(H)t| ≥ ε)

(25)

and

T 1N

= infs ∈ [0, T ] |

∫ s

0

H2u du ≥

1

N

≤ T1 and

∫ T

0

H2u du <

1

N

= T 1

N> T.

Hence ∀t ≤ T we have P -a.s.

1T 1N>TJ(H)t = 1T 1

N>T1T1>TJ(H)t = 1T 1

N>T1T1>TJ(H1)t

= 1T 1N>T

∫ t

0

1s≤T1Hs dWs = 1T 1N>T

∫ t∧T 1N

0

1s≤T1Hs dWs

=(21)

1T 1N>T

∫ T

0

1s≤T11s≤t∧T 1NHs dWs

=(21)

1T 1N>T

∫ t

0

1s≤T 1NHs dWs.

Therefore

P(1T 1

N>T sup

t∈[0,T ]

|J(H)t| ≥ ε)

= P(

1T 1N>T sup

t∈[0,T ]

∣∣ ∫ t

0

1s≤T 1NHs dWs

∣∣ ≥ ε)

≤Chebychev′sineq. and (20)

4

ε2E[ ∫ T

0

H2s1s≤T 1

N ds]≤ 4

ε2N.

Thus by (25)

P(

supt∈[0,T ]

|J(H)t| ≥ ε)≤ P

(∫ T

0

H2s ds ≥

1

N

)+

4

ε2Nfor any N ∈ N.

As a result, the continuity property follows. Next we show linearity. First note that theextension property and the continuity property imply (exercise)

J(H) = J(H) ∀H ∈ H.

Thus linearity holds for J on H. Let H,K ∈ H, then with Hns = 1s≤TnHs and Kn

s =

1s≤TnKs, Tn := infs ∈ [0, T ] |

∫ s0K2u du ≥ n

, we have∫ T

0

(Hns −Hs)

2 ds,

∫ T

0

(Kns −Ks)

2 ds −→n→∞

0 P -a.s.

48

Page 49: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

and the convergence is also in probability. Then for α, β ∈ R, by the continuity propertyJ(αHn+βKn)→ J(αH+βK), J(Hn)→ J(H) and J(Kn)→ J(K) in probability, henceP -a.s. along a common subsequence, say (nl). It follows P -a.s.

J(αH + βK)t = liml→∞

J(αHnl + βKnl)t = liml→∞

(αJ(Hnl)t + βJ(Knl)t)

= liml→∞

(αJ(Hnl)t + βJ(Knl)t) = αJ(H)t + βJ(K)t.

The uniqueness of J follows similarly (exercise).

Summary: For

(Wt)t≥0 (Ft)-BM,

(Ht)t≥0 (Ft)-adapted process with P(∫ T

0

H2s ds <∞

)= 1,

we can define the stochastic integral(∫ T

0

Hs ds <∞)t∈[0,T ]

,

and we know that the stochastic integral is a martingale, if

E[ ∫ T

0

H2s ds

]<∞.

Moreover, it holds (using adequate stopping)

E[ ∫ T

0

H2s ds

]<∞ ⇔ E

[supt∈[0,T ]

∣∣∣ ∫ t

0

Hs dWs

∣∣∣2] <∞,and in either of these cases one has

E[( ∫ T

0

Hs dWs

)2]= E

[ ∫ T

0

H2s ds

].

3.4.2 Ito calculus

Definition 3.25 Let (Wt)t≥0 be an (Ft)-BM on (Ω,F, P ). An R-valued process (Xt)t∈[0,T ]

is called an Ito process, if

P(Xt = X0 +

∫ t

0

Hs dWs +

∫ t

0

Ks ds ∀t ∈ [0, T ])

= 1,

where

49

Page 50: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

- X0 is F0-measurable,

- (Ht)t∈[0,T ], and (Kt)t∈[0,T ] are (Ft)-adapted processes,

-∫ T

0|Ks| ds <∞ P -a.s.

-∫ T

0H2s ds <∞ P -a.s.

The following proposition implies that the decomposition of an Ito process is unique.

Proposition 3.26 If (M)t∈[0,T ] is a continuous martingale, such that

Mt =

∫ t

0

Ks ds, t ∈ [0, T ], and P(∫ T

0

|Ks| ds <∞)

= 1,

thenP (Mt = 0 ∀t ∈ [0, T ]) = 1.

(”A continuous martingale with finite variation is P -a.s. constant”.)

Proof Exercise.

Proposition 3.26 implies with adequate stopping:

- an Ito process decomposition is unique, i.e. if P -a.s for all t ≤ T

Xt = X0 +

∫ t

0

Hs dWs +

∫ t

0

Ks ds = Xt = X0 +

∫ t

0

Hs dWs +

∫ t

0

Ks ds,

thenP (X0 = X0) = 1, H = H and K = K ds⊗ dP -a.e.

- if (Xt)t∈[0,T ] is a martingale, i.e. X0 +∫ t

0Hs dWs +

∫ t0Ks ds is a martingale, then

K = 0 ds⊗ dP -a.e.

Theorem 3.27 (1-dimensional Ito formula for Ito processes) Let (Xt)t∈[0,T ] be anIto process of the form

Xt = X0 +

∫ t

0

Hs dWs +

∫ t

0

Ks ds,

50

Page 51: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

and f ∈ C2(R) (f is twice continuously differentiable function on R). Then P -a.s.

f(Xt) = f(X0) +

∫ t

0

f ′(Xs) dXs +1

2

∫ t

0

f ′′(Xs) d〈X,X〉s

where

〈X,X〉t := 〈X〉t :=

∫ t

0

H2s ds, t ∈ [0, T ],

and ∫ t

0

f ′(Xs) dXs :=

∫ t

0

f ′(Xs)Hs dWs +

∫ t

0

f ′(Xs)Ks ds, t ∈ [0, T ].

Likewise, if f ∈ C1,2(R+ × R) (twice continuously differentiable w.r.t. x ∈ R and oncecontinuously differentiable w.r.t. t ∈ R+ = [0,∞)), then

f(t,Xt) = f(0, X0) +

∫ t

0

f ′s(s,Xs) ds+

∫ t

0

f ′x(s,Xs) dXs +1

2

∫ t

0

f ′′x (s,Xs) d〈X,X〉s.

Proof See e.g. Karatzas/Shreve.

3.4.3 Examples: Ito formula in practice

For f(x) = x2, Xt = Wt, Ks ≡ 0, Hs ≡ 1:

W 2t = W 2

0︸︷︷︸=0

+

∫ t

0

2Ws dWs +1

2

∫ t

0

2 d 〈W,W 〉s︸ ︷︷ ︸=∫ s0 1 du=s

,= 2

∫ t

0

Ws dWs + t

and so

W 2t − t = 2

∫ t

0

Ws dWs.

Since E[ ∫ T

0W 2s ds

]=︸︷︷︸

Fubini

∫ T0E[W 2

s ] ds =∫ T

0s ds = T 2

2< ∞, it follows from Proposition

3.22 that( ∫ t

0Ws dWs

)t≥0

is a martingale. Thus we get a representation of the martingale

(W 2t − t)t≥0 from Proposition 3.12(2) as a stochastic integral.

Now, we want to find the solutions (if any) (St)t≥0 of

St = x0 +

∫ t

0

Ss(µ ds+ σ dWs), µ, σ, x0 ∈ R fixed.

51

Page 52: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

In symbolic form this is written asdSt = St(µ dt+ σ dWt),

S0 = x0.(26)

Precisely, we are looking for an adapted and continuous process (St)t≥0 such that for P -a.e

ω ∈ Ω, (∫ t

0Ss(ω) ds) exists in the Lebesgue-Stieltjes sense, (

∫ t0Ss dWs) exists as stochastic

integral, and

St = x0 +

∫ t

0

σSs dWs +

∫ t

0

µSs ds P -a.s. ∀t ≥ 0.

In order to obtain a hint on how a solution might look like, let us suppose that wecan apply Ito’s formula with f(x) = log(x) /∈ C2(R) and that log(x0) is defined. Since〈S〉s =

∫ s0σ2S2

u du, this gives

log(St) = log(x0) +

∫ t

0

1

SsdSs −

1

2

∫ t

0

1

S2s

d〈S〉s

= log(x0) +

∫ t

0

σ dWs +

∫ t

0

µ ds− 1

2

∫ t

0

σ2 ds

= log(x0) + σWt +(µ− σ2

2

)t,

thus

St = x0 exp(σWt +

(µ− σ2

2

)t).

Since our procedure was not justified, we proceed backwards and show that this (St) reallyprovides a solution for any x0 ∈ R. We have

St = f(t,Wt) with f(t, x) = x0 exp(σx+

(µ− σ2

2

)t), t ≥ 0,

and since f ∈ C1,2(R+ × R) the time dependent Ito formula applies:

St = f(t,Wt)

= f(0,W0) +

∫ t

0

∂tf(s,Ws)︸ ︷︷ ︸=(µ−σ2

2

)Ss

ds+

∫ t

0

∂xf(s,Ws)︸ ︷︷ ︸=σSs

dWs +1

2

∫ t

0

∂xxf(s,Ws)︸ ︷︷ ︸=σ2Ss

d 〈W 〉s︸ ︷︷ ︸=s

= x0 +

∫ t

0

σSs dWs +

∫ t

0

µSs ds. (27)

52

Page 53: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Moreover, (St) is adapted and continuous. One can also check that (∫ t

0µSs ds) exists path-

wise P -a.s. since (St) is continuous, and that (∫ t

0σSs dWs) exists. Therefore the stochastic

differential equation (26) admits at least one solution.

Remark 3.28 One could also have checked that (St) is a solution by applying the Itoformula to the Ito process Zt = σWt +

(µ− σ2

2

)t with the C2-function f(x) = x0 exp(x).

We will establish uniqueness of a solution to (26). First we need an integration by partsformula.

Proposition 3.29 Let (Xt) and (Yt) be two Ito processes,

Xt = X0 +

∫ t

0

Hs dWs +

∫ t

0

Ks ds

and

Yt = Y0 +

∫ t

0

H ′s dWs +

∫ t

0

K ′s ds.

Then

XtYt = X0Y0 +

∫ t

0

Xs dYs +

∫ t

0

YsdXs + 〈X, Y 〉t,

with the convention

〈X, Y 〉t =

∫ t

0

HsH′s ds, t ≥ 0.

Proof By Ito’s formula

(1):

(Xt + Yt)2 = (X0 + Y0)2 +

∫ t

0

2(Xs + Ys) d(Xs + Ys) +

∫ t

0

(Hs +H ′s)2 ds,

(2):

X2t = X2

0 +

∫ t

0

2Xs dXs +

∫ t

0

H2s ds

(3):

Y 2t = Y 2

0 +

∫ t

0

2Ys dYs +

∫ t

0

(H ′s)2 ds

53

Page 54: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

(1)− ((2) + (3)) : 2XtYt = 2X0Y0 + 2

∫ t

0

XsdYs + 2

∫ t

0

Ys dXs + 2

∫ t

0

HsH′s ds

Now, we return to the uniqueness question. Let (Xt) be another solution to (26) withS0 = X0 = x0 6= 0. Define

Zt :=x0

St= exp

(− σWt +

(− µ+

σ2

2

)t)

= exp(σ′Wt +

(µ′ − (σ′)2

2

)t),

where σ′ = −σ and µ′ = −µ+ σ2. We know from (27) applied to (Zt) that

Zt = 1 +

∫ t

0

Zs(σ′ dWs + µ′ ds) = 1 +

∫ t

0

Zs(−σ dWs + (−µ+ σ2)ds).

From 3.29 we getd(XtZt) = Xt dZt + Zt dXt + d 〈X,Z〉t,

where

〈X,Z〉t =

∫ t

0

(σXs)(−σZs) ds = −∫ t

0

σ2XsZs ds.

Thus

d(XtZt) = XtZt(−σdWt + (−µ+ σ2)dt) + ZtXt(σdWt + µdt)− σ2XtZtdt = 0,

andXtZt = X0Z0 = x0 · 1 = x0 ∀t ≥ 0.

Therefore

Xt = x0Z−1t = x0

Stx0

= St P -a.s. ∀t ≥ 0.

⇒ P (Xt = St ∀t ≥ 0) = 1, i.e. X and S are indistinguishable.

We obtain:

Theorem 3.30 Let σ, µ, x0 ∈ R, T > 0, and (Wt)t≥0 be a BM. Then there exists a uniqueIto process (St)t∈[0,T ] that satisfies

St = x0 +

∫ t

0

Ss(σdWs + µds) P -a.s. ∀t ∈ [0, T ].

This process is given by

St = x0 exp(σWt +

(µ− σ2

2

)t), t ∈ [0, T ]

54

Page 55: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Proof We have proven the theorem for x0 6= 0. For x0 = 0 uniqueness can also be shown.

Remark 3.31 (i) The process (St) of 3.30 will model the evolution of the stock pricein the Black-Scholes model.

(ii) If µ = 0 then (St) is martingale (see 3.12).

Remark 3.32 Let U ⊂ R be an open set and (Xt)t∈[0,T ] and Ito process with P (Xt ∈U ∀t ∈ [0, T ]) = 1. If f ∈ C2(U), then the Ito formula holds:

f(Xt) = f(X0) +

∫ t

0

f ′(Xs) dXs +1

2

∫ t

0

f ′′(Xs) d〈X,X〉s P -a.s. ∀t ≥ 0.

This result allows us to apply e.g. Ito’s formula to log(Xt), if (Xt)t∈[0,T ] is a strictly positiveprocess.

3.4.4 Multidimensional Ito formula

Definition 3.33 A standard p-dimensional (Ft)-BM is an Rp-valued (Ft)-adapted process

Wt = (W 1t , . . . ,W

pt ), t ≥ 0,

where all the (W it ), 1 ≤ i ≤ p are standard independent (Ft)-BMs. In particular, it can be

proved that in this case Wt −Ws is independent of Fs, whenever 0 ≤ s < t.

Definition 3.34 An Ito process w.r.t. (Wt,Ft) where (Wt) is a standard p-dimensional(Ft)-BM, is a stochastic process (Xt)t∈[0,T ] of the form

Xt = X0 +

p∑i=1

∫ t

0

H is dW

is +

∫ t

0

Ks ds,

where:

• (Kt) and all the processes (H it), 1 ≤ i ≤ p are (Ft)-adapted,

•∫ T

0|Ks| ds <∞ P -a.s,

•∫ T

0(H i

s)2ds <∞ P -a.s, 1 ≤ i ≤ p.

55

Page 56: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

The Ito formula becomes:

Proposition 3.35 Let (X1t ), . . . , (Xn

t ) be n Ito processes (w.r.t. (Wt,Ft)), i.e.

X it = X i

0 +

p∑j=1

∫ t

0

H i,js dW j

s +

∫ t

0

Kis ds, 1 ≤ i ≤ n.

If f ∈ C1,2(R+ × Rn), i.e. f(t, x) is two times continuously differentiable in x ∈ Rn, andcontinuously differentiable in t ∈ R+, then

f(t,X1t , . . . , X

nt ) = f(0, X1

0 , . . . , Xn0 ) +

∫ t

0

∂f

∂s︸︷︷︸=:∂sf

(s,X1s , . . . , X

ns ) ds

+n∑i=1

∫ t

0

∂f

∂xi︸︷︷︸=:∂if

(s,X1s , . . . , X

ns ) dX i

s +1

2

n∑i,j=1

∫ t

0

∂2f

∂xi∂xj︸ ︷︷ ︸=:∂ijf

(s,X1s , . . . , X

ns ) d〈X i, Xj〉s

with:

• dX is =

∑pj=1H

i,js dW j

s +Kis ds,

• d〈X i, Xj〉s =∑p

m=1 Hi,ms Hj,m

s ds.

Remark 3.36 If (Xt)t∈[0,T ] and (Yt)t∈[0,T ] are two Ito processes, we can define the covari-ation of X and Y (denoted by 〈X, Y 〉t) through the following properties:

(1) 〈X, Y 〉t is bilinear and symmetric.

(2) 〈∫ ·

0Ks ds,X.〉t = 0, ∀t ∈ [0, T ].

(3) 〈∫ ·

0Hs dW

is ,∫ ·

0H ′s dW

js 〉t = 0, ∀t ∈ [0, T ] if i 6= j.

(4) 〈∫ ·

0Hs dW

is ,∫ ·

0H ′s dW

is〉t =

∫ t0HsH

′s ds, ∀t ∈ [0, T ], 1 ≤ i ≤ p.

The covariation d〈X i, Xj〉s as defined previously in 3.35 is consistent with this definition.

56

Page 57: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

3.5 Existence and uniqueness

3.5.1 Ito’s theorem

Definition 3.37 Fix a filtered probability space (Ω,F∞, (Ft)t>0, P ) that satisfies the “usualconditions”. Let (Bt)t≥0 be an (Ft)-Brownian motion starting from zero. Let

σ : R+ × R→ R, ”dispersion coefficient”

andb : R+ × R→ R, ”drift coefficient”

be measurable functions. Let

ξ : Ω→ R be an F0-measurable r.v. ”initial condition”

A solution to the stochastic differential equation (29) below, is an (Ft)-adapted stochasticprocess X = (Xt)t≥0 that satisfies for all t ≥ 0:∫ t

0

|σ(s,Xs)|2ds+

∫ t

0

|b(s,Xs)|ds <∞, P -a.s. (28)

and

Xt = ξ +

∫ t

0

σ(s,Xs)dBs +

∫ t

0

b(s,Xs)ds P -a.s. (29)

The integral∫ t

0b(s,Xs)ds has to be understood for P -a.e. path as a Lebesgue(-Stieltjes)

integral and∫ t

0σ(s,Xs)dBs is a stochastic integral as defined in subsection 3.4.1. Thus

condition (28) just ensures the existence of the integrals in (29).

Remark 3.38 Formally and for short the integral equation (29) is written asdXt = σ(t,Xt)dBt + b(t,Xt)dt

X0 = ξ(30)

57

Page 58: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Examples 3.39 (i) (Non-uniqueness or more then one solution)

Consider dXt = 3X

2/3t dBt + 3X

1/3t dt

X0 = 0.(31)

For α > 0 let Fα(x) := (x− α)3I[α,∞)(x). Then Fα ∈ C2(R) and

F ′α(x) = 3(x− α)2I[α,∞)(x) = 3Fα(x)2/3,

and1

2Fα′′(x) = 3(x− α)I[α,∞)(x) = 3Fα(x)1/3,

so by Ito’s formula dFα(Bt) = 3Fα(Bt)

2/3dBt + 3Fα(Bt)1/3dt

Fα(B0) = 0.

Thus for any α > 0 Xt := Fα(Bt) is a solution to (31), so (31) has infinitely many solu-tions.

(ii) (Explosion in finite time)

Consider dXt = X2

t dBt +X3t dt

X0 = 1.(32)

By ”Ito’s formula”

d

(1

Xt

)= − 1

X2t

dXt +1

2

2

X3t

d〈X〉t

= −dBt −Xtdt+Xtdt = −dBt.

Thus 1Xt− 1 = Bt, so Xt = 1

1−Bt solves (32) but only up to the first hitting timeT1 := inft > 0 |Bt = 1 of Brownian motion of 1. By Proposition 3.15, we know thatP (T1 <∞) = 1. Thus Xt explodes in finite time.

58

Page 59: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Question: Are there conditions that guarantee existence, so in particular non-explosion,and uniqueness of a solution ?

A first answer will be given in Proposition 3.43 and Theorem 3.45 below.

Definition 3.40 A measurable function g : R+ × R → R is said to satisfy a Lipschitzcondition in x if for any T > 0 there exists a constant KT > 0 such that

|g(s, x)− g(s, y)| ≤ KT |x− y| ∀0 ≤ s ≤ T, x, y ∈ R.

Definition 3.41 Pathwise uniqueness is said to hold for the SDE (30) if whenever(Xt) and (Yt) are two solutions to (30) on (Ω,F∞, (Ft)t>0, P ) with P (X0 = Y0) = 1, then

P (Xt = Yt ∀t ≥ 0) = 1.

Lemma 3.42 [Gronwall] Let g : [0, T ] → R be continuous, h : [0, T ] → R be integrable,and β ≥ 0. If

0 ≤ g(t) ≤ h(t) + β

∫ t

0

g(s)ds ∀t ∈ [0, T ],

then

0 ≤ g(t) ≤ h(t) + β

∫ t

0

h(s)eβ(t−s)ds ∀t ∈ [0, T ],

and if h is an increasing function, then g(t) ≤ h(t)eβt for all t ∈ [0, T ].

Proof By the assumption for all t ∈ [0, T ]

d

dt

(e−βt

∫ t

0

g(s)ds

)=

(g(t)− β

∫ t

0

g(s)ds

)e−βt ≤ h(t)e−βt.

Taking integrals ∫ t

0

g(s)ds ≤∫ t

0

h(s)eβ(t−s)ds ∀t ∈ [0, T ].

Hence again by the assumption

0 ≤ g(t) ≤ h(t) + β

∫ t

0

g(s)ds ≤ h(t) + β

∫ t

0

h(s)eβ(t−s)ds ∀t ∈ [0, T ].

From this the last statement is clear.

59

Page 60: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Proposition 3.43 Suppose that σ, b satisfy both a Lipschitz condition in x. Then pathwiseuniqueness holds for (30).

Proof Let X, Y be two solutions to (30) on the same filtered probability space with sameBrownian motion and P (X0 = Y0) = 1. Let

Tn := inft > 0 | |Xt − Yt| ∨ |Bt| > n.

Then the Tn are stopping times with Tn ∞ P -a.s. By Ito’s formula applied to X − Ywe have P -a.s.

(Xt − Yt)2 = 2

∫ t

0

(Xs − Ys)d(Xs − Ys) + 〈X − Y 〉t

= 2

∫ t

0

(Xs − Ys)(σ(s,Xs)− σ(s, Ys))dBs + 2

∫ t

0

(Xs − Ys)(b(s,Xs)− b(s, Ys))ds

+

∫ t

0

(σ(s,Xs)− σ(s, Ys))2ds =: Zt.

Since P ((Xs − Ys)2 = Zs ∀s ≤ t) = 1 the last also also holds with t replaced by t∧ Tn. Inparticular ∫ t∧Tn

0

(Xs − Ys)(σ(s,Xs)− σ(s, Ys))dBs , t ≥ 0

is a martingale and (Xt∧Tn − Yt∧Tn)2 is bounded for all n. Thus taking expectations andusing the Lipschitz condition we get for all t ≤ T and every n

E[(Xt∧Tn − Yt∧Tn)2] ≤ E[2KT

∫ t∧Tn

0

(Xs − Ys)2ds] +K2TE[

∫ t∧Tn

0

(Xs − Ys)2ds]

= (2KT +K2T )E[

∫ t

0

(Xs∧Tn − Ys∧Tn)2ds].

Fubini= (2KT +K2

T )

∫ t

0

E[(Xs∧Tn − Ys∧Tn)2]ds.

By Gronwall’s lemma 3.42

g(t) := E[(Xt∧Tn − Yt∧Tn)2] = 0 ∀t ≤ T.

Thus P (Xt∧Tn = Yt∧Tn) = 1, and letting n → ∞ we get P (Xt = Yt) = 1 for ant t ≤ T .This holds for any T > 0. Thus pathwise uniqueness now follows from continuity using aSandwich argument.

60

Page 61: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

For the existence (in particular non-explosion) of a solution we have to impose somegrowth condition on the coefficients. The proof of existence is similar to the proof forODE’s (ODE=ordinary differential equation). Note also that our typical examples in3.39 were just simple modifications of the well-known examples in the theory of ODE’s(dXtdt

= 3X2/3t , X0 = 0 with the solutions Xα

t = (t − α)3I[α,∞)(t), and dXtdt

= X2t , X0 = 1

with the exploding solution Xt = 11−t).

Definition 3.44 A measurable function g : R+ × R → R is said to satisfy a lineargrowth condition in x if for any T > 0 there exists a constant CT > 0 such that

|g(s, x)| ≤ CT (1 + |x|) ∀0 ≤ s ≤ T, x ∈ R. (33)

Since for all x ≥ 0, 1 + x2 ≤ (1 + x)2 ≤ 2(1 + x2), it follows that (33) is equivalent with

|g(s, x)|2 ≤ C ′T (1 + x2) ∀0 ≤ s ≤ T, x ∈ R.

Theorem 3.45 Let σ, b satisfy both a Lipschitz and a linear growth condition in x. LetE[ξ2] <∞. Then the SDE (30) has a pathwise unique solution.

Proof 1. Step: Assume σ, b bounded in space, i.e. bounded on [0, T ]×R for any T > 0.

We will proceed by Picard iteration. Define X0t ≡ ξ and define inductively for

X i+1t := ξ +

∫ t

0

σ(s,X is)dBs +

∫ t

0

b(s,X is)ds i = 0, 1, 2, ... (34)

Thus for i ≥ 1

X i+1t −X i

t =

∫ t

0

[σ(s,X i

s)− σ(s,X i−1s )

]dBs︸ ︷︷ ︸

=:Ft

+

∫ t

0

[b(s,X i

s)− b(s,X i−1s )

]ds︸ ︷︷ ︸

=:Gt

. (35)

Letgi(t) := E[sup

s≤t|X i+1

s −X is|2].

61

Page 62: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

By Doob’s inequality and Fubini and the Lipschitz condition

E[sups≤t|Fs|2] ≤ 4E

[∫ t

0

∣∣σ(s,X is)− σ(s,X i−1

s )∣∣2 ds]

≤ 4K2T

∫ t

0

E[|X i

s −X i−1s |2

]ds

≤ 4K2T

∫ t

0

gi−1(s)]ds. (36)

By Cauchy-Schwarz

E[sups≤t|Gs|2] ≤ tE

[∫ t

0

∣∣b(s,X is)− b(s,X i−1

s )∣∣2 ds]

≤ tK2T

∫ t

0

E[|X i

s −X i−1s |2

]ds

≤ tK2T

∫ t

0

gi−1(s)ds. (37)

By (35), (36), (37) and (x + y)2 = x2 + 2xy + y2 there is a constant C > 0 such that forall i ≥ 1

gi(t) ≤ 2E[sups≤t|Fs|2] + 2E[sup

s≤t|Gs|2]

≤ C(1 + t)

∫ t

0

gi−1(s)ds. (38)

For i = 0 similarly to (36), (37) there is a constant D > 0 such that

g0(t) = E[sups≤t|X1

s − ξ|2]

= E

[sups≤t

∣∣∣∣∫ t

0

σ(s, ξ)dBs +

∫ t

0

b(s, ξ)ds

∣∣∣∣2]≤ D(1 + t). (39)

By (38), (39)

g1(t) ≤ C(1 + t)

∫ t

0

D(1 + s)ds ≤ C(1 + t)D(1 + t)2

2(40)

62

Page 63: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

for all t ≤ T and so by (38), (40)

g2(t) ≤ C2(1 + t)2

∫ t

0

D(1 + s)2

2ds ≤ C2(1 + t)2D

(1 + t)3

3!.

Therefore by induction

gi(t) ≤ Ci(1 + t)iD(1 + t)i+1

(i+ 1)!i = 0, 1, 2, ...

for all t ≤ T . It follows

∞∑i=0

gi(t)1/2 < ∞.

Define the norm‖Y ‖ := E[sup

s≤t|Ys|2]1/2.

The for any m > n

‖Xm −Xn‖ ≤m−1∑i=n

‖X i+1 −X i‖ =m−1∑i=n

gi(T )1/2 −→ 0

as m,n → ∞. Thus (Xn)n∈N is a Cauchy sequence for the complete norm ‖ · ‖ and sothere is a process X with ‖Xn −X‖ → 0 as n→∞. In particular there is a subsequencesuch that

sups≤t|Xs −Xnj

s |j→∞−→ 0 P -a.s.

for any t ≤ T and therefore X is continuous. This holds for every T > 0. Finally, lettingni →∞ in (34) we get (30) for σ, b bounded in space.

2. Step: σ, b as in the statement.

Fix T > 0. Let fn ↑, fn ∈ C∞0 (R), fn(x) = 1 for |x| ≤ n fn(x) = 0 on |x| > n + 1.Then σfn, bfn satisfy the assumption of 1. Step. And so there is a corresponding uniquesolution (Xn

t ) of (30) with the coefficients σfn, bfn. Let

Tn := inft > 0 | |Xnt | > n.

63

Page 64: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

We claim that Tn ∞, P -a.s. Indeed, let gn(t) := E[sups≤t∧Tn |Xn

s |2]. Then using in

particular the linear growth condition we have for any t ≤ T

gn(t) ≤ 2E[ξ2] + 16E

[∫ t∧Tn

0

|σfn(s,Xns )|2ds

]+ 4tE

[∫ t∧Tn

0

|bfn(s,Xns )|2ds

]≤ 2E[ξ2] + 16E

[∫ t∧Tn

0

C ′T (1 + |Xns |2)ds

]+ 4tE

[∫ t∧Tn

0

C ′T (1 + |Xns |2)ds

]≤ 2E[ξ2] + 16TC ′T (1 + T )︸ ︷︷ ︸

=:CT

+ 16C ′T (1 + T )︸ ︷︷ ︸=:DT

∫ t

0

gn(s)ds.

Thus by Gronwall’s inequality gn(t) ≤ CT eDT ·t for all t ≤ T . But then by Chebychev for

any T > 0

P (Tn ≤ T ) = P (sups≤T|Xn

s | > n)

≤ 1

n2E

[sups≤T|Xn

s |2]≤ 1

n2CT e

DT ·T → 0 as n→∞.

Therefore Tn ∞, P -a.s. Let

Xt := Xnt for t ≤ Tn.

Of course X defined in this way will solve (30), does not explode, and will be the uniquesolution by Proposition 3.43. We only have to check whether X is well-defined. In orderto do so we have to show that

Xnt = Xm

t for t ≤ Tn ∧ Tm =: Tnm (41)

64

Page 65: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

holds. But for any t ≤ T similarly to 1. Step one shows that

E

[sup

s≤t∧Tnm|Xn

s −Xms |2]≤ E

[sups≤t|Xn

s∧Tnm −Xms∧Tnm |

2

]≤ 2E

[sups≤t

∣∣∣∣∫ s∧Tnm

0

σfn(u,Xnu )− σfm(u,Xm

u )dBu

∣∣∣∣2]

+2E

[sups≤t

∣∣∣∣∫ s∧Tnm

0

bfn(u,Xnu )− bfm(u,Xm

u )du

∣∣∣∣2]

≤ 8E

[∫ t∧Tnm

0

|σ(u,Xnu )− σ(u,Xm

u )|2du]

+2tE

[∫ t∧Tnm

0

|b(u,Xnu )− b(u,Xm

u )|2du]

≤ C(1 + T )

∫ t

0

E

[sup

s≤t∧Tnm|Xn

s −Xms |2]ds.

Thus (41) follows by Gronwall’s inequality.

3.5.2 The Ornstein-Uhlenbeck process

The OU process is the unique solution ofdXt = σdBt − cXtdt

X0 = x ∈ R

The explicit solution can be obtained as follows : Consider Yt = Xtect. Integration by

parts yields

dYt = ectdXt +Xtd(ect) + d 〈X, ect〉︸ ︷︷ ︸=0

= σectdWt − cectXtdt+ cectXtdt = σectdWt

Thus

Xtect = X0 +

∫ t

0

σecs dBs, and

Xt = e−ctx+ σ

∫ t

0

ec(s−t) dBs

65

Page 66: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Let us compute mean and variance of Xt:

E[Xt] = e−ctx+ σe−ct E[ ∫ t

0

ecs dBs

]︸ ︷︷ ︸

=0

= e−ctx.

E[∫ t

0ecs dBs] = 0, since

∫ t0(ecs)2ds <∞, hence (

∫ t0ecs dBs)t≥0 is a martingale.

Var(Xt) = E[(Xt − E[Xt])2] = E

[(σ

∫ t

0

ec(s−t) dBs

)2]= σ2

∫ t

0

e2c(s−t) ds = σ2 [e2c(s−t)]s=ts=0

2c= σ2 (1− e−2ct)

2c.

3.5.3 Multidimensional stochastic differential equations

On (Ω,F∞, (Ft)t>0, P ) let Wt = (B(1)t , ..., B

(p)t ), t ≥ 0 be an p-dimensional (Ft)-Brownian

motion starting from zero. For 1 ≤ i ≤ n, 1 ≤ j ≤ p let

σij : R+ × Rn → R, bi : R+ × Rn → R

be measurable functions. σ(t, x) = (σij(t, x))1≤i≤n,1≤j≤p is called the dispersion matrix andb(t, x) = (b1(t, x), ..., bn(t, x)) the drift (vector). Let

ξ = (ξ1, ..., ξn) : Ω→ Rn be an F0-measurable random vector (”initial condition”).

A solution to the stochastic differential equation (SDE)dXt = σ(t,Xt)dWt + b(t,Xt)dt

X0 = ξ(42)

also writen as

Xt = ξ +

∫ t

0

σ(s,Xs)dWs +

∫ t

0

b(s,Xs)ds

is an (Ft)-adapted Rn-valued stochastic process Xt = (X(1)t , ..., X

(n)t ) that satisfies for all

t ≥ 0, and i = 1, ..., n:

X(i)t = ξi +

p∑j=1

∫ t

0

σij(s,Xs)dB(j)s +

∫ t

0

bi(s,Xs)ds P -a.s. (43)

66

Page 67: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Of course we implicitely assume that all integrals are well-defined, i.e. P (∫ t

0|σij(s,Xs)|2 +

|bi(s,Xs)|ds <∞) = 1 for all 1 ≤ i ≤ n, 1 ≤ j ≤ p and t ≥ 0.

Consider the (local) martingale part

M it :=

p∑j=1

∫ t

0

σij(s,Xs)dB(j)s

of (43). Then by Remark 3.36

〈M i,Mk〉t =

⟨p∑j=1

∫ ·0

σij(s,Xs)dB(j)s ,

p∑l=1

∫ ·0

σkl(s,Xs)dB(l)s

⟩t

=

∫ t

0

p∑j=1

σijσkj(s,Xs)ds =

∫ t

0

aik(s,Xs)ds,

where a(t, x) = (aij(t, x))1≤i,j≤n = σ(t, x)σT (t, x), is called the diffusion matrix. Let f ∈C1,2(R+ × Rn). The linear operator

Lf(t, x) =n∑

i,j=1

aij(t, x)

2∂i∂jf(t, x) +

n∑i=1

bi(t, x)∂if(t, x) + ∂tf(t, x)

where ∂i = ∂∂xi

, ∂t = ∂∂t

is called the (infinitesimal) generator of the diffusion (t,Xt). Let

|x| := (∑n

i=1 x2i )

1/2 be the euclidean norm of x ∈ Rn. Since for each (t, x) ∈ R+ × Rn

n∑i,j=1

aij(t, x)yiyj = a(t, x)y · y = |σT (t, x)y|2 ≥ 0 ∀y = (y1, ..., yn) ∈ Rn,

the diffusion matrix is nonnegative definite and consequently L is an elliptic differentialoperator.

Define the matrix norm

‖σ(t, x)‖ :=

(n∑i=1

(p∑j=1

σ2ij(t, x)

))1/2

.

Theorem 3.46 Suppose that for any T > 0 there exists a constant KT > 0 such that forall s ≤ T and x, y ∈ Rn:

67

Page 68: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

(i) (Lipschitz condition)

‖σ(s, x)− σ(s, y)‖ ≤ KT |x− y| and |b(s, x)− b(s, y)| ≤ KT |x− y|.

(ii) ((Linear growth condition)

‖σ(s, x)‖2 ≤ KT (1 + |x|2) and |b(s, x)|2 ≤ KT (1 + |x|2).

Let E[ξ2] <∞. Then the SDE (42) has a pathwise unique solution.

Proof The proof is nearly exactly the same as the corresponding proofs of 3.43 and 3.45in dimension one. We therefore omit them.

3.5.4 The Markov property of the solution of an SDE

Let σ, b, ξ satisfy the conditions Theorem 3.45. Similarly to the proof of Theorem 3.45 onecan show by Picard iteration that for any s ≥ 0 there exists a unique solution to

Xt = ξ +

∫ t

s

σ(u,Xu) dWu +

∫ t

s

b(u,Xu) du, t ≥ s (44)

Denote this solution by

(Xs,ξt )t≥s ”starting at time s from ξ”

Thus

Xs,ξt = ξ +

∫ t

s

σ(u,Xs,ξu ) dWu +

∫ t

s

b(u,Xs,ξu ) du t ≥ s (45)

In particular (and this is Theorem 3.45) for s = 0, and ξ = x there is a unique solution to

Xt = x+

∫ t

0

σ(u,Xu) dWu +

∫ t

0

b(u,Xu) du, t ≥ 0, x ∈ R. (46)

Correspondingly, this solution is denoted by

(X0,xt )t≥0 ”starting at time 0 from x”

Taking the difference of the solution at time t to the solution at time s in (46) we get

X0,xt = X0,x

s︸︷︷︸∈L2(Ω,Fs,P )!

+

∫ t

s

σ(u,X0,xu ) dWu +

∫ t

s

b(u,X0,xu ) du, t ≥ s (47)

68

Page 69: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Thus by uniqueness of (44) with ξ = X0,xs we get pathwise (i.e. P -a.s.)

Xs,X0,xs

t = X0,xt ∀t ≥ s, x ∈ R (”flow property”).

Now the Markov property can be stated as follows:

Theorem 3.47 Let (Xt)t≥0 = (X0,xs )t≥0 be the unique solution of (46) with x ∈ R, on

the filtered probability space (Ω,F, (Ft)t≥0, P ). Then for any bounded Borel measurablefunction f , we have

E[f(Xt) |Fs] = φ(Xs) P -a.s. ∀t ≥ s,

where φ(x) = E[f(Xs,xt )].

Proof It can be shown (difficult) that for fixed t ≥ s

Xs,xt = Φ(x, (Ws+u −Ws)u≥0), (48)

i.e. the solution is a measurable function Φ of its initial condition and the Brownianincrements (this is natural, if we think of the Picard iteration procedure). Thus by theflow property for t ≥ s

X0,xt = Xs,X0,x

st = Φ(X0,x

s︸︷︷︸Fs-mb

, ( Ws+u −Ws︸ ︷︷ ︸independent of Fs

)u≥0)

Now by [1, Proposition 7.6] for P -a.e. ω ∈ Ω

E[f Φ(X0,xs , (Ws+u −Ws)u≥0) |Fs](ω) = E[f Φ(X0,x

s (ω), (Ws+u −Ws)u≥0)]

=(48)

E[f(Xs,X0,x

s (ω)t )] = φ(X0,x

s )(ω).

3.47 generalizes to:

Theorem 3.48 Let (Xt)t≥0 = (X0,xs )t≥0 and f be as in Theorem 3.47 and let r(s, x) be

non-negative and measurable. Then for t ≥ s

E[e−∫ ts r(u,Xu) duf(Xt) | Fs] = φ(Xs) P -a.s.,

where φ(x) = E[e−∫ ts r(u,X

s,xu ) duf(Xs,x

t )].

69

Page 70: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Remark 3.49 Suppose that σ and b do not depend on time. From (45) with t = s+h, h ≥0 and ξ = x ∈ R we get

Xs,xs+h = x+

∫ s+h

s

σ(Xs,xu ) dWu +

∫ s+h

s

b(Xs,xu ) du

=u=s+v

x+

∫ h

0

σ(Xs,xs+v)d(Ws+v −Ws︸ ︷︷ ︸

=:Bv also BM!

) +

∫ h

0

b(Xs,xs+v) dv. (49)

Since pathwise uniqueness holds for (44), uniqueness in law holds for (44). Thus sincealso (X0,x

h )t≥0 solves (49) but with different BM we get

(X0,xh )h≥0 and (Xs,x

s+h) have same law (”(Xh)h≥0 is homogeneous”).

Therefore, for any measurable function f we have

E[f(X0,xt )] = E[f(Xs,x

t+s)].

This can be again extended, namely for r(x) measurable non-negative, we get

E[e−

∫ s+ts r(Xs,x

u ) duf(Xs,xs+t)]

= E[e−

∫ t0 r(X

0,xu ) duf(X0,x

t )]

In this case 3.48 yields

E[e−

∫ ts r(Xu) duf(Xt) |Fs

]= φ(Xs), t > s,

whereφ(x) = E

[e−

∫ t−s0 r(X0,x

u ) duf(X0,xt−s)].

70

Page 71: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

4 The Black-Scholes model

4.1 Description of the model

4.1.1 The behavior of prices

Consider continuous-time model with:

- one riskless asset: (S0t ) (e.g a bond)

- one risky asset: (St) (e.g. a stock price)

We assume that (S0t ) solves the ODE

dS0t = rS0

t dt

S00 = 1,

(50)

where r > 0 is the (instantaneous) interest rate. Then

S0t = S0

0ert = ert, t ≥ 0.

We further suppose, that the behavior of the stock price is determined by the SDE

dSt = σS0 dBt + µSt dt, S0 > 0. (51)

and (Bt)t≥0 is a standard BM, σ and µ are constants. σ is the so-called ”volatility of(St)”. The model will be considered for t ∈ [0, T ], T is the maturity of an option on (St).We know that (51) has the (pathwise) unique solution

St = S0 exp(σBt +

(µ− σ2

2

)t), t ≥ 0.

Because of the explicit representation of (St), such a solution is called a closed-formsolution.

Remarks on St:

(0) (St) is called geometric (or also exponential) Brownian motion.

(1) log(StS0

)is normally distributed for any t ≥ 0, i.e. St

S0is lognormal.

(2) (St)t≥0 is continuous.

71

Page 72: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

(3) S0 is the stock price at time 0, so usually considered as strictly positive constant.

(4) the relative increments are independent, i.e. if s ≤ t, then

StSs

= exp(σ(Bt −Bs) +

(µ− σ2

2

)(t− s)

),

or equivalently the relative increment St−SsSs

is independent of Fs, where (Ft)t≥0 isthe natural filtration of (Bt)t≥0 (see Definition 3.11+ Remark 3.10)

(5) the relative increments are stationary, i.e. if s ≤ t, then

St − SsSs

andSt−s − S0

S0

have same law.

Hypotheses (2), (4) and (5) are the hypotheses of Black and Scholes on the behavior ofthe stock price.

4.1.2 Self-financing strategies

Let (Ft)t≥0 be the natural filtration of (Bt)t≥0. A strategy is an R2-valued (Ft)-adaptedprocess

φ = (φt)t∈[0,T ] = (H0t , Ht)t∈[0,T ],

where

H0t = number of units (quantities) of riskless asset held at time t,

Ht = number of units (quantities) of risky asset held at time t.

The value of the portfolio at time t is

Vt(φ) = H0t S

0t +HtSt.

In discrete time (see Remark 2.2) we characterized self-financing strategies through theequality

Vn+1(φ)− Vn(φ) = φn+1(Sn+1 − Sn).

In continuous time the last is expressed through the SDE

dVt(φ) = H0t dS

0t +Ht dSt.

To give a meaning to this SDE, we need of course conditions on the strategy φ = (H0, H).These are stated in the following definition.

72

Page 73: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Definition 4.1 A self-financing strategy is a pair of (Ft)-adapted processes φ =((H0

t )t∈[0,T ], (Ht)t∈[0,T ]

)satisfying:

(i) ∫ T

0

(|H0s |+H2

s ) ds <∞ P -a.s.

(ii) ∀t ∈ [0, T ], we have

H0t S

0t +HtSt︸ ︷︷ ︸

=Vt(φ)

= H00S

00 +H0S0︸ ︷︷ ︸=V0(φ)

+

∫ t

0

H0s dS

0s +

∫ t

0

Hs dSs P -a.s.

By (i) both integrals in (ii) are well defined, since:∫ T

0

H0s dS

0s =

∫ T

0

H0s re

rs ds and

∫ T

0

|H0s re

rs| ds ≤ rerT∫ T

0

|H0s | ds︸ ︷︷ ︸

<∞

and ∫ T

0

Hs dSs = σ

∫ T

0

HsSs dWs + µ

∫ T

0

HsSs ds,

where the first integral exists since∫ T

0

H2s (ω)S2

s (ω)︸ ︷︷ ︸pathwise boundedsince continuous

ds ≤ C(ω)︸ ︷︷ ︸<∞

∫ T

0

H2s (ω) ds <∞

for P -a.e. ω ∈ Ω. Similarly, applying the Cauchy-Schwarz inequality the secondintegral also exists P -a.s.

DefineSt := e−rtSt, t ≥ 0 ”discounted price of risky asset”.

Proposition 4.2 (cf. Proposition 2.3) Let φ = (H0t , Ht)t∈[0,T ] with values in R2 be a

pair of (Ft)-adapted processes. Suppose∫ T

0(|H0

s | + |Hs|2) ds < ∞ P -a.s., and let Vt(φ) =

H0t S

0t +HtSt, and Vt(φ) := e−rtVt(φ), t ∈ [0, T ]. Then φ is a self-financing strategy, if and

only if

Vt(φ) = V0(φ) +

∫ t

0

Hs dSs P -a.s. ∀t ∈ [0, T ]. (52)

73

Page 74: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Proof We have to show that under the given assumptions, we have: (52) ⇔ 4.1(ii).Suppose φ is self-financing, i.e 4.1(ii) holds. Using integration by parts

d Vt(φ)︸ ︷︷ ︸=e−rtVt(φ)

= −re−rtVt(φ) dt+ e−rt dVt(φ) + d〈e−r(·), V·(φ)〉t︸ ︷︷ ︸=0

Thus

dVt(φ) =︸︷︷︸4.1(ii)

−re−rt(H0t e

rt +HtSt) dt+ e−rt(H0t d(ert) +Ht dSt)

= Ht(−re−rtSt dt+ e−rt dSt)

= Ht(St d(e−rt) + e−rt dSt) = Ht dSt

and (52) holds. The converse holds similarly, applying the integration by parts formula toVt(φ) = ertVt(φ).

Remark 4.3 In discrete time we imposed predictability on the strategies. In continuoustime the predictability condition is included in some sense in the definition of stochasticintegral. In the study of complete discrete markets we considered equivalent martingalemeasures. By this, we were able to find replicating strategies. The main tools for the samein continuous time are the Girsanov transformation and Ito’s representation theorem thatwe introduce in the next section.

4.2 Change of probability. Representation of martingales

4.2.1 Equivalent probabilities

Let (Ω,A, P ) be a probability space, and Q be another probability measure on (Ω,A).Then define

QA P (in words: Q is absolutely continuous w.r.t P (on A))

:⇔ A ∈ A and P (A) = 0 ⇒ Q(A) = 0

and

Q ≈A P (in words: Q and P are equivalent (on A))

:⇔ QA P and P A Q.

74

Page 75: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Theorem 4.4 (Radon-Nikodym special case) Let P,Q be probability measures on(Ω,A). Then

Q P ⇔ ∃ r.v. Z : Ω→ R+ with Q(A) =

∫A

Z dP ∀A ∈ A.

Z is called the (Radon-Nikodym) density of Q w.r.t. P and one writes Z = dQdP

. In partic-ular, if Q P , then: Q ≈ P ⇔ P (Z > 0) = 1.

Proof ”⇐” and last statement obvious. ”⇒” see Radon-Nikodym theorem (probabilisticpart of lecture).

4.2.2 The Girsanov theorem

Let (Ω,F, (Ft), P ) be a filtered probability space and (Bt)t∈[0,T ] be a standard (Ft)-BM.Then we have:

Theorem 4.5 (Girsanov transformation) Let (θt)t∈[0,T ] be (Ft)-adapted with∫ T

0θ2s ds <

∞ P -a.s. Suppose

Lt := exp(−∫ t

0

θs dBs −1

2

∫ t

0

θ2s ds), t ∈ [0, T ],

is an (Ft)-martingale w.r.t. P . Let dP (LT ) := LT dP . Then P (LT ) is a probability measurethat is equivalent to P and

Wt := Bt +

∫ t

0

θs ds, t ∈ [0, T ],

is a standard (Ft)-BM under P (LT ).

Remark 4.6 The most well-known sufficient condition on (Lt)t∈[0,T ] to be a martin-gale is Novikov’s condition, i.e.

E[

exp(1

2

∫ T

0

θ2 dt)]

<∞.

75

Page 76: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

4.2.3 Representation of Brownian martingales

Let (Bt)t∈[0,T ] be a standard BM on (Ω,F, P ) with natural filtration (Ft)t∈[0,T ]. The fol-lowing is known as Ito’s representation theorem:

Theorem 4.7 Let (Mt)t∈[0,T ] be a square-integrable martingale w.r.t. (Ft) (= natural fil-

tration of (Bt)). Then there exists an (Ft)-adapted process (Ht)t∈[0,T ] with E[ ∫ T

0H2s ds

]<

∞ and

Mt = M0 +

∫ t

0

Hs dBs P -a.s. ∀t ∈ [0, T ]. (53)

In particular: (Mt) is continuous.

Proof See for instance Karatzas/Shreve.

If U is an FT -measurable r.v. and E[U2] <∞, i.e. U is square-integrable, then

U = E[U ] +

∫ T

0

Hs dBs, P -a.s.

for some (Ft)-adapted process with E[ ∫ T

0H2s ds

]<∞. For the proof it suffices to consider

the square-integrable ”Brownian martingale”

Mt := E[U |Ft], t ∈ [0, T ],

and to apply Theorem 4.7.

4.3 Pricing hedging options in the Black-Scholes model

4.3.1 A probability measure under which (St) is a martingale

Consider the model introduced in 4.1. We have

dSt = d(e−rtSt) = e−rt dSt − re−rtSt dt= e−rt(σSt dBt + µSt dt)− re−rtSt dt= St(σ dBt + (µ− r) dt)

= σSt(dBt +µ− rσ

dt)

If we set Wt = Bt + µ−rσt, then

dSt = σSt dWt (54)

76

Page 77: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

and from 4.5 applied with θt ≡ µ−rσ

((θt)t∈[0,T ] satisfies Novikov’s condition 4.6) we knowthat

Wt = Bt +

∫ t

0

µ− rσ

dt, t ∈ [0, T ]

is a BM under

dP (LT ) = exp(− µ− r

σBT −

(µ− r)2

2σ2T)dP.

By Theorem 3.30, the unique solution to (54) is given

St = S0 exp(σWt −

σ2

2t).

Since (Wt) is a Brownian motion under P ∗ := P (LT ), we know that (St) is a (squareintegrable) P ∗-martingale.

4.3.2 Pricing

A contingent claim (or option) is defined to be a non-negative FT -measurable r.v. h,e.g.

h = f(ST ) with f(x) =

(x−K)+ ”European call”,

(K − x)+ ”European put”.

Definition 4.8 A strategy φ = (H0t , Ht)t∈[0,T ] is called admissible, if it is self-financing,

and if the discounted value Vt(φ) = H0t + HtSt of the corresponding portfolio is non-

negative for all t, and such that

supt∈[0,T ]

Vt(φ) ∈ L2(Ω,FT ,P∗).

An option (or contingent claim) h is said to be replicable, if there exists an admissiblestrategy φ with

VT (φ) = h. (”φ replicating strategy”)

In particular, if h is replicable then h ∈ L2(P ∗). For a European option (put or call), wealways have h ∈ L2(P ∗), since

((ST −K)+)2 ≤ S2T ∈ L1(P ∗), and ((K − ST )+)2 ≤ K2 ∈ L1(P ∗).

Theorem 4.9 In the Black-Scholes model any contingent claim h, with h ∈ L2(Ω,FT , P∗)

is replicable and the value at time t of any replicating portfolio is

Vt(φ) = Vt = E∗[e−r(T−t)h | Ft]. (55)

77

Page 78: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Remark: In this case one also says that E∗[e−r(T−t)h | Ft] is the value of the option h attime t ∈ [0, T ]. Note that it is independent of φ.Proof Assume first ∃ admissible strategy φ = (H0, H) that replicates the option h, i.e.

VT (φ) = h.

We haveVt := Vt(φ) = H0

t S0t +HtSt,

and for the discounted value Vt = e−rtVt we have

Vt = H0t +HtSt.

Since φ is in particular self-financing, we get

Vt =4.2V0 +

∫ t

0

Hu dSu =(54)

V0 +

∫ t

0

HuσSu dWu.

Since φ is admissible, we have supt≤T Vt ∈ L2(P ∗), hence supt≤T

∣∣∣ ∫ t0 HuσSu dWu

∣∣∣ ∈L2(P ∗). Therefore, (

∫ t0HuσSu dWu)t∈[0,T ], and hence (Vt)t∈[0,T ] is a square-integrable mar-

tingale w.r.t. P ∗ (cf. Assignments). It follows

Vt = E∗[VT | Ft],

thusVt = E∗[e−r(T−t)h | Ft].

We have hence proved: If φ is a replicating strategy, then (55) holds.To complete the proof, we have to show that any option h ∈ L2(Ω,FT , P

∗) is replicable,i.e. ∃ admissible strategy φ = (H0, H) such that VT (φ) = h.Since h ∈ L2(Ω,FT , P

∗) it follows that

Mt := E∗[e−rTh | Ft], t ∈ [0, T ],

is a square integrable (P ∗, (Ft))-martingale. We have

(Ft) natural filtration of (Bt) w.r.t. P =⇒P ∗≈P

(Ft) natural filtration of (Wt) w.r.t. P ∗.

Thus by Ito’s representation theorem 4.7 ∃(Kt)t∈[0,T ] (Ft)-adapted, with E∗[ ∫ T

0K2s ds

]<

∞ and

Mt = M0 +

∫ t

0

Ks dWs P ∗-a.s t ∈ [0, T ].

78

Page 79: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Define

φ = (H0t , Ht) :=

(Mt −

Kt

σ,Kt

σSt

).

Then clearly φ is (Ft)-adapted,∫ T

0(|H0

s |+ |Hs|2) ds <∞ P -a.s. and

Vt(φ) = H0t +HtSt = Mt = M0 +

∫ t

0

Ks dWs. (?)

Since V0(φ) = M0 and ∫ t

0

Hs dSs =(54)

∫ t

0

HsσSs dWs =

∫ t

0

Ks dWs,

we get

Vt(φ) = V0(φ) +

∫ t

0

Hs dSs =⇒4.2

φ is self-financing.

FurthermoreVt = Vt(φ) =

(?)ertMt = E∗[e−r(T−t)h | Ft].

This implies Vt ≥ 0, supt≤T Vt(φ) ∈ L2(P ∗) (Doob’s inequality applied to (Vt(φ))t∈[0,T ]),and VT = h, hence φ is admissible and replicating.

Remark 4.10 Suppose h in Theorem 4.9 can be written as h = f(ST ). Then

ST = S0 exp(σBT +

(µ− σ2

2

)T)

= S0 exp(σBt +

(µ− σ2

2

)t)

︸ ︷︷ ︸=St

exp(σ(BT −Bt︸ ︷︷ ︸

=WT−Wt−µ−rσ (T−t)

) +(µ− σ2

2

)(T − t)

)

= St exp(σ(WT −Wt) +

(r − σ2

2

)(T − t)

)Now

Vt =4.9

E∗[e−r(T−t)f(ST ) | Ft]

= E∗[e−r(T−t)f

(St︸︷︷︸

Ft-mb

exp(σ(WT −Wt︸ ︷︷ ︸

indep. of Ft

) +(r − σ2

2

)(T − t)

))︸ ︷︷ ︸

=φt(St,WT−Wt)

| Ft]

= F (t, St),

79

Page 80: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

by Proposition 7.6 of the Probabilistic Background, where

F (t, x) = E∗[e−r(T−t)f

(x exp

(σ(WT −Wt) +

(r − σ2

2

)(T − t)

))]. (56)

Under P ∗ we have WT −Wt ∼ N(0, T − t). Thus for t < T

F (t, x) = e−r(T−t)1√

2π(T − t)

∫Rf(xe(r−σ

2

2)(T−t)eσy)e−

y2

2(T−t) dy

=z= y√

T−t

e−r(T−t)1√2π

∫Rf(xe(r−σ

2

2)(T−t)eσz

√T−t)e−

z2

2 dz. (∗)

Explicit calulcation of F in case of calls and puts: In case of a European call, we havef(x) = (x−K)+, thus

F (t, x) =(∗)

1√2π

∫ ∞−∞

(xeσz

√T−t−σ

2

2)(T−t) −Ke−r(T−t)

)+e−

z2

2 dz

= E∗[(xeσ

√θZ−σ

2θ2 −Ke−rθ

)+],

where Z ∼ N(0, 1) and θ := T − t. Set

d1 :=log(xK

)+(r + σ2

2

σ√θ

, d2 := d1 − σ√θ.

Then

F (t, x) = E∗[(xeσ

√θZ−σ

2θ2 −Ke−rθ

)1Z≥−d2

]=

∫ ∞−d2

(xeσ

√θz−σ

2θ2 −Ke−rθ

)e− z22√2π

dz

=

∫ d2

−∞

(xe−σ

√θz−σ

2θ2 −Ke−rθ

)e− z22√2π

dz

=

∫ d2

−∞xe−

(z−σ√θ)2

2dz√2π−Ke−rθN(d2),

with

N(d) :=1√2π

∫ d

∞e−

x2

2 dx.

Finally, with the change of the variable z = y + σ√θ, one gets

F (t, x) = xN(d1)−Ke−rθN(d2) (57)

and similarly for a European put, i.e. f(x) = (K − x)+, we obtain

F (t, x) = Ke−rθN(−d2)− xN(−d1).

80

Page 81: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

4.3.3 Hedging calls and puts

In the proof of Theorem 4.9, we used Ito’s representation theorem to show the existenceof a replicating strategy and in Remark 4.10, we derived a pricing formula for Europeanoptions, or more generally for options of the form h = f(ST ). After having sold the optionfor the price F (0, S0), the writer of the option needs an explicit replicating strategy,so that he can generate explicitly the replicating portfolio. We will construct an explicitreplicating strategy in case h is given by h = f(ST ): At any time t a replicating portfoliomust satisfy

Vt = e−rtF (t, St), (where F is as in (56)).

One can show (not elementary): f ∈ Cb(R) =⇒ F ∈ C∞([0, T ) × R). This also holds forf(x) = (x − K)+ and f(x) = (K − x)+. We hence fix f such that F ∈ C∞([0, T ) × R)and define

F (t, x) := e−rtF (t, xert).

Then F (t, St) = e−rtF (t, St) = Vt, and for t < T by Ito’s formula

F (t, St) = F (0, S0) +

∫ t

0

∂xF (u, Su) dSu +1

2

∫ t

0

∂xxF (u, Su) d〈S〉u +

∫ t

0

∂tF (u, Su) du,

where d〈S〉u := d〈S, S〉u =(54)

σ2S2u du. Therefore

Vt = F (t, St) = F (0, S0) +

∫ t

0

σ∂xF (u, Su)Su dWu +

∫ t

0

Ku du

with∫ T

0|Ku| du < ∞ P ∗-a.s. Since Vt is a martingale under P ∗, we have

∫ t0Ku du = 0

P ∗-a.s. by Assignment no. 9, Exercise 2. It follows

Vt = F (t, St) = F (0, S0) +

∫ t

0

∂xF (u, Su) dSu = V0 +

∫ t

0

∂xF (u, Su) dSu.

Thus by (52), the natural candidate for H is

Ht = ∂xF (t, St) = ∂xF (t, St) (continuous in t).

Since F (t, St) = Vt = H0t +HtSt we then have to put

H0t = F (t, St)− ∂xF (t, St)St (continuous in t).

Then φ = (H0, H) is self-financing and Vt(φ) = Vt = F (t, St) as desired.

81

Page 82: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Remark 4.11 We have just shown (without Ito’s representation theorem), that in caseh = f(ST ), we can find an explicit replicating strategy.

Remark 4.12 We have, with the notations of Remark 4.10

∂xF (t, x) = N(d1) for a European call

and∂xF (t, x) = −N(−d1) for a European put.

∂xF (t, x) is called ”delta of the option”. More generally, if Vt = Ψ(t, St), then we havethe following terminologies :

∂xΨ(t, St) is called ”delta of the portfolio” (measures the sensitivity of the portfolioVt w.r.t. stock price fluctuations)

∂xxΨ(t, St) is called ”gamma of the portfolio”,

∂tΨ(t, St) is called ”theta of the portfolio”,

∂σΨ(t, St) is called ”vega of the portfolio”.

4.4 Implied volatility and volatility models

One of the main features of the Black-Scholes model :

”hedging and pricing formulas only depend on one parameter σ.”

The drift µ disappears by Girsanov, and r,K, S0 are given. The volatility σ is hence alsosaid to be non-observable. In practice, two methods are used to evaluate σ :

1. The historical method : In the present model σ2T is the variance of log(ST/S0

)The r.v.’s

log(ST/S0

), log

(S2T/ST

), . . . , log

(SNT/S(N−1)T

)are independent and identically distributed. Therefore σ can be estimated by statisticalmethods using stock prices of the past (for example by calculating empirical variances(?)).

2. The implied volatility method : Some options are quoted on organized markets.The price of options (calls and puts) is an increasing function of σ, so we can invert the

82

Page 83: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Black-Scholes pricing formula and associate an ”implied volatililty” to each quoted option.More precisely, let Cobs(S0, K, T ) be the observed option price of a benchmark (reference)option on the market. Then find σ that solves

Cobs(S0, K, T ) = F (0, S0) = Fσ(0, S0, K, T ).

Imperfection of the Black-Scholes model : Important differences between historicaland implied volatility are observed.

The implied volatility appears to depend on the strike price and time to maturity. In fact,if one plots a graph of implied volatility in dependence of strike prices one sees a ”volatilitysmile” (graph is convex). The graphs becomes ”more and more” convex the shorter thetime to maturity is. This contradicts the Black-Scholes model or in other terms : TheBlack-Scholes model does not describe the market correctly !? Nonetheless, the model isregarded as a standard reference. One possibility to construct a more consistent model isto consider a time dependent volatility (σt)t∈[0,T ].

(?) Empirical variances : given stock prices S0, ST , S2T , . . . , SNT , let

δi := log(S(i+1)T

SiT

), i = 0, . . . , N − 1

Empirical mean : δ :=1

N

N−1∑i=0

δi

Empirical variance : σhist :=1√T

( 1

N − 1

N−1∑i=0

(δi − δ)2) 1

2(”unbiased estimator”)

5 Option pricing and partial differential equations

5.1 European option pricing and diffusions

European option = ”vanilla option” = European call or put

In the black-Scholes model

price of European option at time t ∈ [0, T ] = Vt = E[e−r(T−t)f(ST )|Ft],

83

Page 84: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

where E[ · ] is the risk-neutral expectation, (i.e. St = e−rtSt is a martingale), f(x) =(x−K)+ (call) or (K − x)+ (put), and

St = S0e(r−σ

2

2)t+σWt

solvesdSt = σStdWt + rStdt.

We will see below that the pricing of an European option is a special case of the followingproblem:

Suppose a diffusion (Xu) solves for u > t, x ∈ R++

Xu = x+

∫ u

t

σ(s,Xs)dWs +

∫ u

t

b(x,Xs)ds (58)

with

σ, b satisfying a Lipschitz and linear growth condition in x (cf. Section 3.5.4)

(the conditions ensure the existence of a pathwise unique solution also denoted (X t,xu )u>t

starting from x at time t (cf. Section 3.5.4)) and let more generally

r(t, x) = bounded, continuous (modelling the riskless interest rate).

How does one compute

Vt := E[e−∫ Tt r(s,X0,x

s )dsf(X0,xT )|Ft] ?

Answer: As in the Black-Scholes model

Vt = F (t,X0,xt ),

where (cf. Theorem 3.48)

F (t, x) = E[e−∫ Tt r(s,Xt,x

s )dsf(X t,xT )].

Under some regularity assumptions on σ and b, F (t, x) is the unique solution u(t, x) ofthe following partial differential equation (hereafter PDE) with terminal condition f , i.e.

∂tu+ Au− ru = 0 in [0, T )× Ru(T, ·) = f in R,

(59)

where

Au(t, x) =σ2(t, x)

2∂xxu(t, x) + b(t, x)∂xu(t, x).

This will be shown below.

84

Page 85: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

5.1.1 The infinitesimal generator of a diffusion

For simplicity we let here σ, b only depend on space. Let (Xt) solve

dXt = σ(Xt)dWt + b(Xt)dt (60)

with the conditions specified in Theorem 3.45.

Proposition 5.1 Let f ∈ C2(R), f ′ be bounded and Af = σ2

2f ′′ + bf ′. Then

Mt := f(Xt)−∫ t

0

Af(Xs)ds, t ∈ [0, T ]

is an (Ft)-martingale.

Proof By Ito’s formula,

f(Xt) = f(X0) +

∫ t

0

f ′(Xs)dXs +1

2

∫ t

0

f ′′(Xs)d〈X〉s

= f(X0) +

∫ t

0

f ′(Xs)σ(Xs)dWs +

∫ t

0

f ′(Xs)b(Xs) +1

2f ′′(Xs)σ

2(Xs)︸ ︷︷ ︸=Af(Xs)

ds.

Since σ has sublinear growth and f ′ is bounded, say |f ′| 6 K we get

E[

∫ t

0

|f ′(Xs)|2|σ(Xs)|2ds] 6 K2 E[

∫ t

0

C ′T (1 + |Xs|2)ds] 6 K2C ′TT (1 + E[sups6T|Xs|2]︸ ︷︷ ︸

<∞ (exercise)

) <∞

Thus (∫ t

0f ′(Xs)σ(Xs)dWs)t∈[0,T ] is a martingale and so is (Mt)t∈[0,T ].

Remark 5.2 Let (Xxt ) be the unique solution of (60) with Xx

0 = x (starting from x att = 0). By the proof of Proposition 5.1, we know

E[f(Xxt )] = f(x) + E

[∫ t

0

Af(Xxs )ds

]. (61)

Suppose additionally f ′′ bounded, say also |f ′′| 6 K. Then

E[sups6T|Af(Xx

s )|] 6 E[sups6T

( K|b(Xxs )|︸ ︷︷ ︸

62(K2+|b(Xxs )|2)

+K

2|σ2(Xx

s )|)

6 E[2K2 + max(2,K

2) sups6T

2C ′T (1 + |Xxs |2)] <∞.

85

Page 86: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Hence ∣∣∣∣1t∫ t

0

Af(Xxs )ds

∣∣∣∣ 6 sups6T|Af(Xx

s )| ∈ L1.

Since s 7→ Af(Xxs ) is continuous a.s., we have

1

t

∫ t

0

Af(Xxs )ds →

t→0Af(Xx

0 ) = Af(x) a.s.

Thus by Lebesgue and (61)

limt→0

E[f(Xxt )]− f(x)

t= lim

t→0E[

1

t

∫ t

0

Af(Xxs )ds

]= Af(x).

Therefore A is called the infinitesimal generator of the diffusion (Xt). Similarly (alsounder some regularity assumptions) one can show that

Lu(t, x) := ∂tu(t, x) +σ2

2(t, x)∂xxu(t, x) + b(t, x)∂xu(t, x)

is the infinitesimal generator of the diffusion Yt = (t,Xt) where Xt solves

dXt = σ(t,Xt)dWt + b(t,Xt)dt.

New we assume again that σ, b are time-dependent and satisfy the usual conditions thatguarantee the existence of a pathwise unique solution to (58). Let

Au(t, x) :=σ2

2(t, x)∂xxu(t, x) + b(t, x)∂xu(t, x).

Proposition 5.3 Let u ∈ C1,2([0,∞)×R) with bounded first derivative in x. If Xt(= Xxt

starting from x at time 0) is the unique solution of (58), then

Mt := u(t,Xt)−∫ t

0

(∂tu+ A)(s,Xs)ds, t ∈ [0, T ]

is a martingale.

Proof By the time dependent Ito formula, we have

u(t,Xt) = u(0, x) +

∫ t

0

σ(s,Xs)∂xu(s,Xs)dWs +

∫ t

0

(∂t + A)u(s,Xs)ds.

86

Page 87: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

By our assumptions, similarly to the proof of Proposition 5.1∫ t

0

σ(s,Xs)∂xu(s,Xs)dWs, t ∈ [0, T ]

is a martingale. Hence so is (Mt)t∈[0,T ].

Proposition 5.4 Let u and (Xt) be as in Proposition 5.3. Let r(t, x) be bounded andcontinuous, i.e. r ∈ Cb([0,∞)× R). Then

Mt := e−∫ t0 r(s,Xs)dsu(t,Xt)−

∫ t

0

e−∫ s0 r(u,Xu)du(∂t + A− r)u(s,Xs)ds, t ∈ [0, T ]

is a martingale.

Proof Apply Ito’s product rule Proposition 3.29 to

e−∫ t0 r(s,Xs)ds︸ ︷︷ ︸=:Yt

u(t,Xt)︸ ︷︷ ︸=:Zt

.

Then apply Ito’s formula to u(t,Xt) and conclude similarly to Propositions 5.1, 5.3.

Next we consider the multidimensional case with

σ(t, x) = (σij(t, x))16i6n,16j6p and b(t, x) = (b1(t, x), ..., bn(t, x))

fulfilling Lipschitz and linear growth conditions (see Theorem 3.46). For each t ∈ [0, T ],and x = (x1, ..., xn) ∈ Rn, there exists a pathwise unique solution Xu = (X1

u, ..., Xnu ),

u > t to the system

X iu = xi +

p∑j=1

∫ u

t

σij(s,Xs)dWjs +

∫ u

t

bi(s,Xs)ds, 1 6 i 6 n. (62)

Denote this solution by (X t,xu )u>t. If t = 0, we also write (Xx

u)u>0, and if t = 0 and nospecific initial condition is assumed, we write (Xu)u>0. We always assume E[|X0|2] < ∞(see Theorem 3.46).For f ∈ C1,2(R+ × Rn), let

Af(t, x) :=1

2

n∑i,j=1

aij(t, x)∂ijf(t, x) +n∑j=1

bj(t, x)∂jf(t, x),

87

Page 88: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

where ∂ij = ∂2

∂xi∂xj, ∂j = ∂

∂xj, and

aij(t, x) =

p∑k=1

σik(t, x)σjk(t, x),

i.e. a(t, x) = σ(t, x) σT (t, x) where σT (t, x) is the transposed matrix of σ(t, x).

Proposition 5.5 Let (Xt)t∈[0,T ] be a solution to (62), i.e. with E[|X0|2] < ∞. Let u ∈C1,2(R+×Rn) with bounded partial derivatives ∂iu, 1 6 i 6 n and r ∈ Cb(R+×Rn). Then

Mt := e−∫ t0 r(s,Xs)dsu(t,Xt)−

∫ t

0

e−∫ s0 r(u,Xu)du(∂tu+ Au− ru)(s,Xs)ds, t ∈ [0, T ]

is a martingale.

Proof Similar to Propositions 5.1, 5.3, 5.4. In this case we apply the multidimensionaltime dependent Ito formula Proposition 3.35.

Remark 5.6 The infinitesimal generator (∂t + A) of (t,Xt) is also called the Dynkinoperator of the diffusion (t,Xt).

5.1.2 Conditional expectations and PDE’s

Let (X t,xu )u∈[t,T ], and X0,x

t = Xxt , t ∈ [0, T ], be the unique solutions of (62) as described

after Proposition 5.4. Let f : Rn → R, and r ∈ Cb(R+ × R). From the Markov propertyTheorem 3.48 (which also holds in the multidimensional case), it follows that

Vt := E[e−∫ Tt r(s,Xx

s )dsf(XxT )|Ft] = F (t,Xx

t ), t ∈ [0, T ],

whereF (t, x) := E[e−

∫ Tt r(s,Xt,x

s )dsf(X t,xT )].

Actually, the function F that has a probabilistic(stochastic) representation solves a PDEwith terminal condition f .

Theorem 5.7 Let u ∈ C1,2([0, T ) × Rn), and ∂iu, 1 6 i 6 n, be bounded. Suppose usolves

∂tu+ Au− ru = 0 in [0, T )× Rn,

u(T, ·) = f on Rn.(63)

Thenu(t, x) = E[e−

∫ Tt r(s,Xt,x

s )dsf(X t,xT )] (= F (t, x)).

88

Page 89: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Proof We only show the statement for t = 0. By Proposition 5.5

Mt = e−∫ t0 r(s,X

0,xs )dsu(t,X0,x

t )

is a martingale. Therefore

u(0, x) = E[M0] = E[MT ] = E[e−∫ T0 r(s,X0,x

s )ds u(T,X0,xT )︸ ︷︷ ︸

=f(X0,xT )

].

The proof for t > 0 is similar. Indeed, in this case we apply Ito’s formula to (62) witht > 0.

Remark 5.8 Theorem 5.7 suggests the following method for option pricing: In order tocompute

F (t, x) = E[e−∫ Tt r(s,Xt,x

s )dsf(X t,xT )].

We have just to find a classical solution u (i.e. u ∈ C1,2) to the Cauchy problem (63) withterminal condition f . We therefore rely on existence/uniqueness and regularity resultsfor (63). Sufficient conditions for classical solutions generally require A to be (globally)strictly elliptic, i.e. ∃C > 0 with

n∑i,j=1

aij(t, x)ξiξj > C|ξ|2, ∀ξ = (ξ1, ..., ξn) ∈ Rn. (64)

However, it is possible to relax the conditions by using e.g. the concept of viscosity solutions(but we will not do this here).

5.1.3 Application to the Black-Scholes model

With respect to the risk-neutral probability P ∗ the asset price satisfies

dSt = σStdWt + rStdt,

where (Wt)t∈[0,T ] is a standard Brownian motion. By Remark 4.10, the call price is giventhrough

F (t, x) = xN(d1)−Ke−r(T−t)N(d1 − σ√T − t)

89

Page 90: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

where

d1 :=log( x

K) + (r + σ2

2)(T − t)

σ√T − t

, and N(d) :=1√2π

∫ d

−∞e−

x2

2 dx, d ∈ R.

We checked (in the exercises of FiMa1) that F solves∂tu+ Absu− ru = 0 in [0, T )× (0,∞)

u(T, ·) = (· −K)+ in (0,∞).

where

Absf(x) =σ2

2x2f ′′(x) + rxf ′(x), f ∈ C2([0,∞))

is the infinitesimal generator of (St)t>0.Note that Abs is not (globally) stritly elliptic (cf. (64)). However, since the pathwise unique

solution St = S0e(r−σ

2

2)t+σWt is strictly positive, we can consider Xt = log(St). Then

Xt = log(St) = log(S0) + (r − σ2

2)t+ σWt = x0 +

∫ t

0

σdWs +

∫ t

0

(r − σ2

2)ds,

thus

dXt = σdWt + (r − σ2

2)dt

and (Xt)t∈[0,T ] has the infinitesimal generator

Alog(bs)f =σ2

2f ′′ + (r − σ2

2)f ′

which is (globally) strictly elliptic (since σ > 0) and has coefficients that satisfy Lipschitzand linear growth conditions. In order to obtain the fair price F (t, x) for an Europeanoption in the Black-Scholes model, we first have to find a classical solution v to

∂tv + Alog(bs)v − rv = 0 in [0, T )× R,v(T, ·) = f exp(·) in R,

(65)

where f(x) = (x−K)+.

Since by Theorem 5.7v(t, x) = E[e−r(T−t)f exp(X t,x

T )]

90

Page 91: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

andXt,log(x)T = log(St,xT ),

we then obtain

v(t, log(x)) = E[e−r(T−t)f exp(Xt,log(x)T )] = E[e−r(T−t)f(St,xT )] = F (t, x)

for f(x) = (x−K)+.

5.1.4 PDEs on a bounded open set and computation of expectations

In this section, we let σ, b, r only depend on x.

Af(x) :=σ2(x)

2f ′′(x) + b(x)f ′(x)

andAf(x) := Af(x)− r(x)f(x) discount operator.

Goal: Solve ∂tu+ Au = 0 on [0, T )× R,u(T, ·) = f on R.

(66)

on open interval O = (a, b) instead of R. In this case one needs additional boundary condi-tions (otherwise the problem not well-posed). The most common boundary conditions areDirichlet and Neumann boundary conditions. (66) on O = (a, b) with Dirichlet boundaryconditions becomes

∂tu+ Au = 0 on [0, T )× O,

u(t, a) = u(t, b) = 0 ∀t ∈ (0, T ),

u(T, ·) = f on O.

(67)

Theorem 5.9 Let u ∈ C([0, T ]× [a, b])∩C1,2((0, T )×O), and ∂xu := ∂∂xu be bounded on

(0, T )× O. If u solves (67), then

u(t, x) = E[1∀s∈[t,T ],Xt,xs ∈Oe

−∫ Tt r(Xt,x

s )dsf(X t,xT )]

for all (t, x) ∈ [0, T ]× O.

91

Page 92: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Proof As in the proof of Theorem 5.7, we only show the statement for t = 0. We shallaccept: there exists an extension u ∈ C1,2([0, T ]×R) of u as in the assertion of the theorem.By Proposition 5.4,

Mt := e−∫ t0 r(X

0,xs )dsu(t,X0,x

t )−∫ t

0

e−∫ s0 r(X

0,xv )dv(∂tu+ Au)(s,X0,x

s )ds︸ ︷︷ ︸=0 by assumption

is a martingale. Define

τx := infs ∈ [0, T ]|X0,xs /∈ O ∧ T, (inf ∅ := +∞).

Obviously, τx is bounded, and a stopping time, since

τx = τxa ∧ τxb ∧ T

where τx` := infs ∈ [0, T ]|X0,xs = ` (stopping time by the proof of Proposition 3.15).

By the optional sampling theorem E[M0] = E[Mτx ] and since (∂tu+ Au)(s,X0,xs ) = 0 for

s ∈ [0, τx) (even [0, τx] by contunuity), we obtain using the Dirichlet boundary conditions

u(0, x) = E[M0] = E[Mτx ]

= E[e−∫ τx0 r(X0,x

s )dsu(τx, X0,xτx )]

= E[1∀s ∈ [0, T ], X0,xs ∈ O︸ ︷︷ ︸

⇒τx=T

e−∫ T0 r(X0,x

s )ds u(T,X0,xT )︸ ︷︷ ︸

=f(X0,xT )

]

+ E[1∃s ∈ [0, T ], X0,xs /∈ O︸ ︷︷ ︸

⇒X0,xτx∈a,b

e−∫ τx0 r(X0,x

s )ds u(τx, X0,xτx )︸ ︷︷ ︸

=0

].

Remark 5.10 An option defined by the FT -measurable random variable

1∀s∈[t,T ],Xt,xs ∈Oe

−∫ Tt r(Xt,x

s )dsf(X t,xT )

is called extinguishable (as soon as the asset price exists the open set O it becomes zero,i.e. worthless).

92

Page 93: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

5.2 Solving parabolic equations numerically

How to solve (66) numerically ? We shall illustrate the finite difference method. Thismethod is useful for general diffusions (for Black-Scholes with European options not nec-essary because we know that there exists a closed-form solution). First we need to localize(66).

5.2.1 Localization

Localize on O` := (−`, `) (` is a constant that has later to be chosen in accordance withthe algorithm). Typically, the boundary conditions are

Dirichlet bounday conditions, i.e. u(t, `) = u(t,−`) = 0 ∀t,or

Neumann boundary conditions, i.e. ∂xu(t, `) = ∂xu(t,−`) = 0 ∀t.

Consider (67) with O = O`, i.e.∂tu+ Au = 0 on (0, T )× O`,

u(t, `) = u(t,−`) = 0 ∀t ∈ (0, T ),

u(T, ·) = f on O`.

(68)

Estimate the error that is made by restricting R to O`.

For later application we shall work in a Black-Scholes environment. Thus Xt := log(St),St =asset price solves

dXt = σdWt + (r − σ2

2)dt.

We want to compute the price difference for options with payoff f(ST ) = f(eXT ) on Rand O`. Define

f(x) := f(eX).

Assume that the solutions u of (66) and u` of (68) with f replaced by f and Af =σ2

2f ′′ + (r − σ2

2)f ′ in (66) and (68) are smooth enough, so that by Theorems 5.7 and 5.9

u(t, x) = E[e−r(T−t)f(X t,xT )],

andu`(t, x) = E[1∀s∈[t,T ],Xt,x

s ∈(−`,`)e−r(T−t)f(X t,x

T )],

93

Page 94: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

with

X t,xs = x+ σ(Ws −Wt) + (r − σ2

2)(s− t), s ∈ [t, T ].

Assume: |f | 6M (⇒ |f | 6M) and r > 0.

Claim: We have

|u(t, x)− u`(t, x)| 6M · P(∃s ∈ [t, T ], X t,xs /∈ (−`, `))

and for large `, such that `− |r′T | > 0, where r′ := r − σ2

2, it holds

P(∃s ∈ [t, T ], X t,xs /∈ (−`, `)) ≤ e−(

`−|r′T |−xσ

)2 12T + e−(

`−|r′T |+xσ

)2 12T

In particularlim`→∞

u`(t, x) = u(t, x), ∀(t, x) (locally uniformly in x).

Proof Let . Then

∃s ∈ [t, T ], X t,xs /∈ (−`, `) ⊂ sup

s∈[t,T ]

|x+ σ(Ws −Wt) + r′(s− t)| > `

⊂ sups∈[t,T ]

|x+ σ(Ws −Wt)| > `− |r′T |.

Therefore

|u(t, x)− u`(t, x)| ≤ E[1∃s∈[t,T ],Xt,xs /∈(−`,`) e

−r(T−t)︸ ︷︷ ︸61

|f(X t,xT )|︸ ︷︷ ︸

6M

]

6M · P(∃s ∈ [t, T ], X t,xs /∈ (−`, `))

6M · P( sups∈[t,T ]

|x+ σ(Ws −Xt︸ ︷︷ ︸∼Ws−t (same law)

)| > `− |r′T |)

= M · P( sups∈[0,T−t]

|x+ σWs| > `− |r′T |)

6M · P( sups∈[0,T ]

|x+ σWs| > `− |r′T |).

By Proposition 3.15,

E[e−λTa ] = e−√

2λ|a|,∀λ > 0,

whereTa = infs > 0,Ws = a, a ∈ R.

94

Page 95: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Thus ∀a > 0, λ > 0

P( sups∈[0,T ]

Ws > a) = P(Ta 6 T ) 6 E[1Ta6T eλ(T−Ta)︸ ︷︷ ︸>1

] 6 eλT E[eλTa ] = eλT e−√

2λa.

Minimizing with respect to λ yields

P( sups∈[0,T ]

Ws > a) 6 e−a2

2T ,

henceP( sup

s∈[0,T ]

(x+ σWs) > a) 6 e−(a−xσ

)2 12T .

Since (−Wt)t>0 is also BM,

P( infs∈[0,T ]

(x+ σWs) 6 −a) = P( sups∈[0,T ]

(−x+ σ(−Ws)) > a) 6 e−(a+xσ

)2 12T .

Hence

P( sups∈[0,T ]

|x+ σWs| > a) 6 P( sups∈[0,T ]

(x+ σWs) > a) + P( infs∈[0,T ]

(x+ σWs) 6 −a)

6 e−(a−xσ

)2 12T + e−(a+x

σ)2 1

2T .

Finally, for ` so large that `− |r′T | > 0, it holds

|u(t, x)− u`(t, x)| 6M(e−(`−|r′T |−x

σ)2 1

2T + e−(`−|r′T |+x

σ)2 1

2T ),

hencelim`→∞

u`(t, x) = u(t, x), ∀(t, x) (locally uniformly in x).

Remark 5.11

- The reflection principle P(sups∈[0,T ] Ws > a) = 2P(WT > a) leads to a slightly betterestimate than above.

- Localization method can be used for American options where numerical approxima-tion is an efficient tool.

95

Page 96: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

5.2.2 The finite difference method

Let A, and its discount operator A, be as at the beginning of Subsection 5.1.4., i.e. timeindependent. Consider the localized PDE with Dirichlet boundary conditions

∂tu+ Au = 0 on [0, T )× O`,

u(t,−`) = u(t, `) = 0 ∀t ∈ [0, T ],

u(T, ·) = f on O`.

(69)

The finite difference method is a discretization of (69) in time and space.First we discretize the space (for any fixed time t):

xi := −`+ i · 2`

N + 1, i = 0, ..., N + 1,

and define

h :=2`

N + 1= ”space step”.

Discretize the terminal condition as

f ih := f(xi), i = 1, ...N, and fh = (f ih)i=1,...N .

Letuh(t) = uh = (uih)i=1,...N ∈ RN

be a discrete approximation of u(t, xi), i.e.

uih(t) = uih ≈ u(t, xi).

Replace ∂xu(t, xi) with

∂huih(t) = ∂hu

ih :=

ui+1h − ui−1

h

2h”symmetric derivative”,

and ∂xxu(t, xi) with

∂2hu

ih(t) = ∂2

huih :=

ui+1h −uihh− uih−u

i−1h

h

h=ui+1h − 2uih + ui−1

h

h2,

where u0h(t) = u0

h ≈ u(t,−`) and uN+1h (t) = uN+1

h ≈ u(t, `).

The Dirichlet boundary conditions read as

u0h = uN+1

h = 0

96

Page 97: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

For Neumann boundary conditions one would impose u0h = u1

h and uNh = uN+1h , i.e.

∂xu(t, `) = 0 = ∂xu(t,−`).

The space-discretized operator Ah is defined by

(Ahuh(t))i = (Ahuh)i :=σ2(xi)

2∂2hu

ih + b(xi)∂hu

ih − ruih, i = 1, ..., N.

Examples 5.12 In the Black-Scholes model (with logarithmic change of variables)

Alog(bs)u(x) =σ2

2∂xxu(x) + (r − σ2

2)∂xu(x)− ru(x)

is discretized as

(Ahuh)i =σ2

2

(ui+1h − 2uih + ui−1

h

h2

)+

(r − σ2

2

)ui+1h − ui−1

h

2h− ruih

=[ σ2

2h2−(r − σ2

2

)1

2h

]︸ ︷︷ ︸

=:α

ui−1h −

[σ2

h2+ r]

︸ ︷︷ ︸=:β

uih +[ σ2

2h2+

(r − σ2

2

)1

2h

]︸ ︷︷ ︸

=:γ

ui+1h ,

where i = 1, ..., N , and the Dirichlet boundary conditions u0h = uN+1

h = 0 lead to

Ah = ((Ah)i,j)i,j=1,...,N =

β γ 0 . . . 0α β γ . . . 0

0 α. . . . . . 0

.... . . . . . β γ

0 . . . 0 α β

.

With Neumann boundary conditions u0h = u1

h, uNh = uN+1h , one would get

Ah = ((Ah)i,j)i,j=1,...,N =

β + α γ 0 . . . 0α β γ . . . 0

0 α. . . . . . 0

.... . . . . . β γ

0 . . . 0 α β + γ

.

The space discretization transforms (69) into an ODE∂tuh(t) + Ahuh(t) = 0 t ∈ [0, T ]

uh(T ) = fh.(70)

97

Page 98: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Next we discretize time in (70) using θ-schemes, θ ∈ [0, 1]. Let

k =T

M, M ∈ N, M large, k = ”time-step”.

Approximate uh(nk) by unh,k, i.e. unh,k ≈ uh(nk), where uh,k := (unh,k)n=0,...,M ∈ R(M+1)N

solves the backward recursive equationsuMh,k = fh = (f(xi))16i6Nun+1h,k −u

nh,k

k+ θAhu

nh,k + (1− θ)Ahun+1

h,k = 0, n = M − 1, ..., 0(71)

which are solved backwards starting from n = M − 1 and going down to n = 0. (unh,k)iapproximates u(nk, xi), i.e.

unh,k ≈ (u(nk, xi))16i6N .

Remark 5.13

θ = 0 : ”scheme is explicit” unh,k directly computed from un+1h,k .

θ > 0 : ”scheme more complex and time consuming” but good convergence properties.

At each step n solve the system Runh,k = G, where

R = I − θkAh (R tridiagonal matrix)

G = (I + (1− θ)kAh)un+1h,k .

θ = 12

: ”Crank and Nicholson scheme” good if e.g. b = 0 and σ =constant.

θ = 1 : ”scheme completely implicit”

Notations

uh,k = solution of (71) (uh,k = (unh,k)n ∈ R(M+1)N)

u = solution of (69) (function)

Define the function ukh on [0, T )× O` by

ukh(t, x) = (unh,k)i for t ∈ [(n− 1)k, nk), x ∈[xi −

h

2, xi +

h

2

),

δφ(x) :=1

h

(x+

h

2

)− φ

(x− h

2

)]”approximate centered derivative of φ”,

(·, ·)L2(O`) = inner product and ‖ · ‖L2(O`) = norm in L2(O`).

98

Page 99: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Theorem 5.14 Let σ, b be Lipschitz continuous, and r be continuous r > 0. Let A beelliptic, i.e. ∃ε > 0 such that ∀g ∈ C2

0(O`) (”C2 and compact support in O`”)

(−Ag, g)L2(O`) > ε(‖g‖L2(O`) + ‖g′‖L2(O`)).

Then:

• If θ ∈ [12, 1] : As h, k → 0,

ukh → u and δukh → ∂xu in L2([0, T ]× O`).

• If θ ∈ [0, 12) : As h, k → 0 such that h

k2→ 0

ukh → u and δukh → ∂xu in L2([0, T ]× O`).

Proof Without, see e.g. reference given in textbook.

Remark 5.15

• θ ∈ [0, 12) : ”scheme is conditionally convergent” (because with k and h, k

h2must also

converge to 0). In this case the numerical implementation is complicated, exceptwhen θ = 0.

• θ ∈ [12, 1] : ”scheme is unconditionally convergent” (because it converges as soon as

h and k converge to 0).

How to solve (71) in practice:

At each step n solve RX = G, whereX = unh,k = solution

G = (I + (1− θ)kAh)un+1h,k , (un+1

h,k given)

R = I − kθAh, (tridiagonal matrix, given)

One possibility: Use the ”Gauss method”

(Solves the system with a number of operations proportional to N)

99

Page 100: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Illustration: Let

b1 c1 0 . . . 0a2 b2 c2 . . . 0

0. . . . . . . . . 0

... 0 aN−1 bN−1 cN−1

0 . . . 0 aN bN

︸ ︷︷ ︸

=R

x1

x2......xN

︸ ︷︷ ︸

=X

=

g1

g2......gN

︸ ︷︷ ︸

=G

.

First transform R into a lower triangular matrix R′ using the Gauss method from bottomto top, i.e. set

b′N = bN

g′N = gN and for i = N − 1, ..., 1 decreasing, set

b′i = bi −ciai+1

b′i+1

, g′i = gi −cig′i+1

b′i+1

, ”upward elimination”.

Then one obtains the equivalent system R′X = G′, where

R′ =

b′1 0 . . . . . . 0a2 b′2 0 . . . 0

0. . . . . . . . . 0

.... . . . . . b′N−1 0

0 . . . 0 aN b′N

and G′ =

g′1g′2......g′N

Gauss elimination works like this:∣∣∣∣∣∣∣∣∣∣∣

b1 c1 0 . . . 0a2 b2 c2 . . . 0

0. . . . . . . . . 0

... 0 aN−1 bN−1 cN−1

0 . . . 0 aN bN

∣∣∣∣∣∣∣∣∣∣∣

g1

g2...

gN−1

gN

← L1

← L2...

← LN−1

← LN

etc...

(LN−2 − constN−2LN−1) =: LN−2

(LN−1 − constN−1LN) =: LN−1

LN

where constj have to be determined for j = N − 1, ..., 1.

100

Page 101: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Finally compute X starting from the top of R′

x1 =g′1b′1

and for i = 2, ...N increasing

xi =g′i − aixi−1

b′i”downward”.

Remark 5.16 Algorithm only works if R invertible (otherwise division through 0 willoccur at some point). Sufficient condition for invertibility is

|ai|+ |ci| 6 |bi|, ∀i ”dominant diagonal”.

In Black-Scholes model satisfied if: |r − σ2

2| 6 σ2

h, hence OK for small h.

5.3 Solving the Black-Scholes equation with the Fourier trans-form method

In this subsection we consider again the Black-Scholes equation from the beginning ofSubsection 5.1.3:

∂tF + σ2

2x2∂xxF + rx∂xF − rF = 0 in [0, T )× (0,∞)

F (T, ·) = (· −K)+ in (0,∞).(72)

Our goal is to solve (72) explicitly, using change of variables and Fourier transform meth-ods. For this, we introduce new variables τ, y, v through

x = Key ⇔ y = log( xK

)(x ∈ (0,∞)⇒ y ∈ R),

t = T − 2τ

σ2⇔ τ =

σ2

2(T − t)

(t ∈ [0, τ)⇒ τ ∈

(0,σ2

2T

]),

and

F (t, x) = Kv(τ, y) = Kv

(σ2

2(T − t), log

( xK

)).

Then

∂xF = K

vτ · ∂x(σ2

2(T − t)

)︸ ︷︷ ︸

=0

+vy · ∂x log( xK

)︸ ︷︷ ︸

= 1x

= vyK

x= e−yvy

101

Page 102: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

where vτ = ∂τv, vy = ∂yv. Similarly (with vyy = ∂yyv)

∂tF = −Kσ2

2vτ ,

∂xxF =e−2y

K(vyy − vy).

Introducing the new variables in (72), we obtain

−Kσ2

2vτ +

σ2

2K2e2y e

−2y

K(vyy − vy) + rKeye−yvy − rKv

= −Kσ2

2vτ +K

σ2

2vyy +

(rK −Kσ2

2

)vy − rKv = 0.

Multiplying with − 1rK

, we get

σ2

2rvτ −

σ2

2rvyy +

(σ2

2r− 1

)vy + v = 0.

Multiplying with k := 2rσ2 gives

vτ − vyy + (1− k)vy + kv = 0.

The terminal condition in (72) becomes an initial condition, since

t = T ⇒ τ = 0,

and

v(0, y) =1

KF (T, x) =

1

K(x−K)+ = (ey − 1)+.

We obtain vτ − vyy + (1− k)vy + kv = 0 on (0, σ

2

2T ]× R

v(0, y) = (ey − 1)+ y ∈ R.(73)

Next, we want to transform (73) into a heat equation:Let u(τ, y) be defined through

v(τ, y) = eαy+βτu(τ, y)

Then, we get

vy = (αu+ uy)eαy+βτ

vyy = (α2u+ αuy + αuy + uyy)eαy+βτ

vτ = (βu+ uτ )eαy+βτ .

102

Page 103: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Introducing this in (73), we get

βu+ uτ − (α2u+ 2αuy + uyy) + (1− k)(αu+ uy) + ku

= uτ + (β − α2 + (1− k)α + k)u+ ((1− k)− 2α)uy − uyy = 0.

Solving

1− k − 2α = 0⇔ α =1− k

2and

0 = β − α2 + (1− k)α + k

= β − (1− k)2

4+

(1− k)2

2+ k

=(1− k)2

4+ k + β ⇒ β = −(1 + k)2

4,

we get with this choice of α and β that

uτ = uyy,

with initial condition

u(0, y) = e−αyv(0, y)

= ek−12y(ey − 1)+

= · · · =(ek+12y − e

k−12y)+

(exercise).

Altogether, we hence obtain uτ = uyy on(

0, σ2

2T]× R,

v(0, y) =(ek+12y − e k−1

2y)+

y ∈ R,(74)

where k = 2rσ2 .

We will solve (74) using the Fourier transform method. For sufficiently regular

f :

(0,σ2

2T

]× R→ R,

define

f(τ, w) :=

∫Rf(τ, y)e−iwydy, w ∈ R.

103

Page 104: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Suppose a solution to (74) exists and is sufficiently regular. Then

du

dτ= uτ = uyy = (iw)2u = −w2u.

Solving this ODE by separation of variables, we obtain a solution of the form

u(τ, w) = Ce−w2τ ,

where C is some constant which is given by

u(0, w) = C = Fourier transform of initial condition.

Then the Fourier transformed solution to (74) is

u(τ, w) = u(0, w)e−w2τ . (75)

Now, we will transform (75) back.

Using F−1(f · g) = F−1(f) ∗F−1(g) and F−1(e−w2τ )(y) = 1

2√πτe−

y2

4τ for the inverse Fouriertransform

F−1(f(w))(y) =1

∫Rf(w)eiwydw, y ∈ R,

we obtain

u(τ, y) = F−1(u(τ, w))

= F−1(u(0, w)e−w2τ )

= F−1(u(0, w)) ∗ F−1(e−w2τ )

= u(0, y) ∗ 1

2√πτe−

y2

=1

2√πτ

∫R

(ek+12z − e

k−12z)+

e−(y−z)2

4τ dz

=1√2π

∫R

(ek+12 (y+

√2τx) − e

k−12 (y+

√2τx))+

e−x2

2 dx (z = y +√

2τx)

=ek+12ye

(k+1)2τ4

√2π

∫ ∞− y√

e−(x− k+1

2

√2τ)

2

2 dx− ek−12ye

(k−1)2τ4

∫ ∞− y√

e−(x− k−1

2

√2τ)

2

2 dx.

Make the substitution

w = x− k + 1

2

√2τ in the first integral

104

Page 105: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

and

w′ = x− k − 1

2

√2τ in the second integral

and obtain

u(τ, y) = ek+12y+

(k+1)2τ4 φ

(y√2τ

+k + 1

2

√2τ

)−e

k−12y+

(k−1)2τ4 φ

(y√2τ

+k − 1

2

√2τ

)(76)

where

φ(d) :=1√2π

∫ d

−∞e−

x2

2 dx, d ∈ R.

Now, we reverse the change of variables. First

v(τ, y) = eαy+βτu(τ, y)

= e1−k2y− (1+k)2τ

4 u(τ, y)

= eyφ

(y√2τ

+k + 1

2

√2τ

)− e−kτφ

(y√2τ

+k − 1

2

√2τ

)and

y√2τ

+k + 1

2

√2τ =

log( xK

)

σ√T − t

+2rσ2 + 1

2σ√T − t︸ ︷︷ ︸

=(r+σ22 )(T−t)

σ√T−t︸ ︷︷ ︸

=:w

.

Furthery√2τ

+k − 1

2

√2τ = w − σ

√T − t,

kτ =2r

σ2

σ2

2(T − t) = r(T − t),

ey =x

K,

and soF (t, x) = Kv(τ, y) = xφ(w)−Ke−r(T−t)φ

(w − σ

√T − t

).

The value of a put can now be found using the put-call parity (exercise).

105

Page 106: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

6 Interest rate models

The most basic interest rate contract is described as follows:

• borrow K dollar at time t (t = loan emission date)

• payback F (t, T ) dollar at time T (T =maturity)

With constant instantaneous interest rate r > 0, we know that

F (t, T ) = K · limn→∞

(1 + r

T − tn

)n= Ke(T−t)·r.

Here

r = interest rate for one time unit (e.g. a year)

n periods, n→∞

after one period: K +K · r T−tn

= K(1 + r T−t

n

)etc...

after n-periods: K(1 + r T−t

n

)nNow suppose that r is variable, i.e. r is given as a deterministic (= given, non-random)positive function and

(R(t, T ))t∈[0,T ] is some average of r over the time interval [t, T ].

If we borrow one dollar at time t, then the payback in dollar at time T should be

F (t, T ) = e(T−t)R(t,T ).

In order to have no arbitrage, we must have (exercise)

F (t, s) = F (t, u)F (u, s), ∀t < u < s. (77)

From (77) and F (t, t) = 1, if F is regular enough, it follows that ∃ (r(t))t∈[0,T ] with

F (t, T ) = e∫ Tt r(s)ds, ∀t ∈ [0, T ].

Thus

R(t, T ) =1

T − t

∫ T

t

r(s)ds,

106

Page 107: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

where r(s) = ”instantaneous interest rate at time s”.In general the future is not deterministic, i.e. it is unknown. Thus R(t, T ) will not bedeterministic and so r(s) will also be unknown. We will therefore later regard r(s) as astochastic process which will be a model for the future. In practice one has then to askthe question whether this model is realistic or not.First we continue with deterministic assumptions. We can see our basic interest contractalso the from the perspective of the writer: lend one dollar at time t and receive morethan one dollar at time T > t. So one dollar today is more than one dollar tomorrow.This is expressed by zero-coupon bonds:A zero-coupon bond is a security paying one dollar at maturity time T . Its value at timet is denoted by P (t, T ). Hence P (T, T ) = 1. In our deterministic model (where the futureis certain)

P (t, T ) = e−∫ Tt r(s)ds, t ∈ [0, T ], (78)

is a zero-coupon bond with maturity time T (”lend P (t, T ) dollars a time t and receiveone dollar at time T”).

6.0.1 Yield curve for an uncertain future

As already said for an uncertain future, we regard the instantaneous interest rate r(s) asa random (stochastic) process. For this let

(Ω,F,P, (Ft)t∈[0,T ])

be a filtered probability space. The time horizon is denoted by T , because we want toconsider different maturities 0 6 T 6 T . Assume (Ft)t∈[0,T ] is the natural filtration of astandard BM (Wt)t∈[0,T ], and F = FT . As in the models before introduce a riskless assetwhose price at time t is

S0t = e

∫ t0 r(s)ds,

where (r(t))t∈[0,T ] is an adapted process satisfying∫ T

0|r(s)|ds < ∞ a.s. The terminology

”riskless asset” is a little unprecise since r is random, but we will see later that such an as-set is less risky then the risky asset. The risky assets are zero-coupon bonds (P (t, T ))t∈[0,T ]

with maturity T 6 T . We assume that (P (t, T )) is (Ft)-adapted.

We will make the following (no-arbitrage) hypothesis:

(H) ∃ probability measure P∗ ≈ P on (Ω,F), such that for any T ≤ T

P (t, T )︸ ︷︷ ︸”discounted zero

-coupon bond price”

:= e−∫ t0 r(s)ds · P (t, T )︸ ︷︷ ︸

”price of the zero-coupon bond at time t”

, t ∈ [0, T ],

107

Page 108: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

is an (P∗, (Ft))-martingale.

(H)⇒ P (t, T ) = E∗[P (T, T )|Ft] = E∗[e−∫ T0 r(s)ds|Ft] = e−

∫ t0 r(s)ds︸ ︷︷ ︸∈Ft

E∗[e−∫ Tt r(s)ds|Ft],

hence (compare this with (78))

P (t, T ) = E∗[e−∫ Tt r(s)ds|Ft]. (79)

Note that the prices P (t, T ) only depend on the behavior of (r(s))s∈[0,T ] under P∗. Let

LT =dP∗

dPbe the density of P∗ w.r.t. P on (Ω,F).

Then LT ∈ L1(P) and ∀X > 0, X random variable: E∗[X] = E[XLT ] and so

X ∈ Ft ⇒ E∗[X] = E[XLT ] = E [X E[LT |Ft]] .

Thus Lt := E[LT |Ft] =dP∗|FtdP|Ft

, t ∈ [0, T ].

Proposition 6.1 There exists an adapted process (q(t))t∈[0,T ] such that ∀t ∈ [0, T ]

Lt = exp

(∫ t

0

q(s)dWs −1

2

∫ t

0

q(s)2ds

)P-a.s. (80)

Proof The process (Lt)t∈[0,T ] is an L1(Ω,F,P)-martingale w.r.t. the natural filtration(Ft) of the BM (Wt). The Martingale Representation Theorem 4.7 also holds in a similarform for not necessarily square integrable martingales, i.e. if the martingale in Theorem4.7 is only in L1(Ω,F,P), then the adapted process (Ht) only satisfies

P

(∫ T

0

H2sds <∞

)= 1.

Thus applying this more general result to (Lt) we obtain the existence of an (Ft)-adapted

process (Ht)t∈[0,T ] such that∫ T

0H2sds <∞ P-a.s. and such that

Lt = L0 +

∫ t

0

HsdWs P-a.s.

108

Page 109: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Any F0-measurable random variable is P-a.s. constant. Thus E(L0) = L0 P-a.s. Since Lt,t ∈ [0, T ], is an equivalent probability density on Ft, we have P(Lt > 0) = 1 ∀t ∈ [0, T ]and moreover 1 = E[LT ] = E[L0] = L0. From this it is easy to see that

P(Lt > 0 ∀t ∈ [0, T ]) = 1 (exercise).

Thus by Remark 3.32, we may apply Ito’s formula to log(Lt), hence

log(Lt) = log(L0)︸ ︷︷ ︸=0 P-a.s.

+

∫ t

0

1

LsHsdWs −

1

2

∫ t

0

1

L2s

H2sds P-a.s.

With q(s) := HsLs

, s ∈ [0, T ], we obtain (80).

Corollary 6.2 The price of a zero-coupon bond with maturity T > t can be expressed as

P (t, T ) = E[

exp(−∫ T

t

r(s)ds)

exp(∫ T

t

q(s)dWs −1

2

∫ T

t

q(s)2ds)|Ft]

(81)

Proof For all A ∈ Ft and B ∈ FT , T 6 T ,

E∗[1A1

LtE[1BLT |Ft]︸ ︷︷ ︸∈Ft

] =dP∗|Ft=LtdP|Ft

E[1A E[1BLT |Ft]] =A∈Ft

E[1A1B︸ ︷︷ ︸∈FT

LT ] = E∗[1A 1B︸︷︷︸∈L1(P∗)

],

hence1

LtE[1BLT |Ft] = E∗[1B|Ft] P∗-a.s.

The last extends to any positive or integrable FT -measurable random variable Z, hence

E∗[Z|Ft] =1

LtE[ZLT |Ft] P∗-a.s. (82)

It follows

P (t, T ) =(79)

E∗[e−∫ Tt r(s)ds︸ ︷︷ ︸

∈FT , >0

|Ft] =(82)

1

LtE[e−

∫ Tt r(s)dsLT |Ft]

=Prop 6.1

E[e−∫ Tt r(s)dse

∫ Tt q(s)dWs− 1

2

∫ Tt q(s)2ds|Ft].

109

Page 110: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Proposition 6.3 For each maturity T 6 T there is an (Ft)-adapted process (σTt )t∈[0,T ]

such thatdP (t, T )

P (t, T )= σTt dWt +

(r(t)− σTt q(t)

)dt on [0, T ]. (83)

Proof (P (t, T ))t∈[0,T ] is a martingale under P∗. Using (82) with T 6 T and Z = P (T, T )(obviously, (82) also holds for Z ∈ L1(Ω,FT ,P)), we obtain

P (t, T ) = E∗[P (T, T )|Ft] =1

LtE[P (T, T )LT |Ft], P∗-a.s.

hence since P ≈ P∗

E[P (T, T )LT |Ft] = P (t, T )Lt, P-a.s. ∀t ∈ [0, T ].

This together with P (t, T )Lt ∈ L1(Ω,Ft,P) implies that (P (t, T )Lt)t∈[0,T ] is a martingalew.r.t. P. By Corollary 6.2 and the proof of Proposition 6.1, we know that

P(P (t, T )Lt > 0 ∀t ∈ [0, T ]) = 1.

Then using the same arguments as in the proof of Proposition 6.1, we see that there existsan (Ft)-adapted process (θTt )t∈[0,T ] with

∫ T0

(θTt )2dt <∞ P-a.s. and

P (t, T )Lt = P (0, T )e∫ t0 θ

Ts dWs− 1

2

∫ t0 (θTs )2ds. (84)

Hence

P (t, T ) = e∫ t0 r(s)dsP (t, T ) =

(84)

1

LtP (0, T )︸ ︷︷ ︸=P (0,T )

e∫ t0 r(s)ds+

∫ t0 θ

Ts dWs− 1

2

∫ t0 (θTs )2ds

=Proposition 6.1

P (0, T ) exp

∫ t

0

r(s)ds+

∫ t

0

(θTs − q(s))dWs −1

2

∫ t

0

((θTs )2 − q(s)2

)ds︸ ︷︷ ︸

=:Xt

.

110

Page 111: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Applying Ito’s formula to f(Xt) = P (t, T ), i.e. f(x) = P (0, T )ex, we obtain

P (t, T ) = P (0, T ) +

∫ t

0

P (s, T )dXs +1

2

∫ t

0

P (s, T )d〈X〉s

= P (0, T ) +

∫ t

0

P (s, T )

(r(s)− 1

2[(θTs )2 − q(s)2] +

1

2

(θTs − q(s)

)2)ds

+

∫ t

0

P (s, T )(θTs − q(s)

)dWs

= P (0, T ) +

∫ t

0

P (s, T )(θTs − q(s)

)︸ ︷︷ ︸=:σTs

dWs +

∫ t

0

P (s, T )(r(s) + q(s)(q(s)− θTs )

)ds.

Remark 6.4

• the riskless asset S0t satisfies dS0

t = r(t)S0t dt

• the risky asset P (t, T ) satisfies (83)

The term dWt in (83) makes P (t, T ) ”riskier”.

r(t)− σTt q(t) ≈ ”local return rate of the bond” or ”local yield”,

because

E[dP (t, T )

P (t, T )

]≈ E

[∫ t

0

[r(s)− σTs q(s)]ds]

= ”average return rate” or ”average yield”.

Terminologies:

• −σTt q(t) ≈ ”difference between local return rate and riskless rate” = ”risk pre-mium”

• −q(t) ≈ ”risk premium per unit of volatility” = ”market price of risk”

By Proposition 6.1 and the Girsanov theorem Wt := Wt −∫ t

0q(s)ds is a BM under P∗,

hence under P∗dP (t, T )

P (t, T )= σTt dWt + r(t)dt. (85)

Therefore under P∗ the local return rate of the (zero-coupon) bond is equal to the risklessinterest rate. For this reason P∗ is called risk-neutral probability measure. Note that

P (t, T ) = P (0, T )e∫ t0 r(s)dse

∫ t0 σ

Ts dWs− 1

2

∫ t0 (σTs )2ds (86)

solves (85).

111

Page 112: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

6.0.2 Bond options

As underlying risky asset (like (St) before), consider

P (t, T ) = price of a zero-coupon bond at time t with maturity T .

Consider further a European option with maturity θ, θ ∈ [0, T ], T 6 T on (P (t, T ))t∈[0,T ].E.g.

(p(θ, T )−K)+ for a call with strike price K.

The ”riskless” asset is still considered as

S0t = e

∫ t0 r(s)ds, t ∈ [0, T ], (r(s) = ”riskless” rate).

We want to hedge the European option with a strategy

(H0t , Ht)t∈[0,θ] (adapted process in R× R),

(H0t , Ht) = ”portfolio at time t”,

where

• H0t is the amount of S0

t held at time t

• Ht is the amount of P (t, T ) held at time t.

Thus the value of the portfolio at time t satisfies

Vt = H0t S

0t +HtP (t, T ) = H0

t e∫ t0 r(s)ds +HtP (t, T ).

The self-financing condition is expressed (cf. Section 4.1.2) through

dVt = H0t dS

0t +HtdP (t, T ),

with integrability conditions:

cf. Definition 4.1

∫ θ

0|H0

t r(t)|dt <∞ a.s.

∫ θ0|Htσ

Tt |2dt <∞ a.s. ← cf. Proposition 6.3

112

Page 113: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Definition 6.5 A strategy φ = ((H0t , Ht))t∈[0,θ] is called admissible, if it is self-financing

and if the discounted value of its portfolio

Vt = Vt(φ)︸ ︷︷ ︸=e−

∫ t0 r(s)dsVt(φ)

= H0t +HtP (t, T )

satisfies Vt > 0 a.s. ∀t ∈ [0, θ], and supt∈[0,θ] Vt ∈ L2(Ω,P∗).

By the following proposition it is possible to hedge all European options (under reasonabletechnical assumptions) if θ < T .

Proposition 6.6 Assume supt∈[0,T ] |r(t)| <∞ a.s. and σTt 6= 0 a.s. ∀t ∈ [0, θ]. Let θ < T ,

and h ∈ Fθ such that he−∫ θ0 r(s)ds ∈ L2(Ω,Fθ,P∗). Then there exists an admissible strategy

φ such that

Vt = Vt(φ) = E∗[e−∫ θt r(s)dsh|Ft] a.s. ∀t 6 θ. (87)

Moreover for any admissible strategy φ with Vθ = h its value at time t 6 θ is given by(87).

Remark: Obviously Vθ = h, thus φ replicates h. For European options, we have h =f(P (θ, T )) with f(x) = (x−K)+ or f(x) = (K − x)+.

Proof (of Proposition 6.6) The method of proof is the same as the one in Proposition 4.2and Theorem 4.9. Let φ = (H0

t , Ht)t be any admissible strategy. Then

dVt(φ) = dVt = d(e−

∫ t0 r(s)dsVt

)= −r(t)e−

∫ t0 r(s)dsVtdt+ e−

∫ t0 r(s)dsdVt

= −r(t)e−∫ t0 r(s)ds

(H0t S

0t +HtP (t, T )

)dt+ e−

∫ t0 r(s)ds

H0t dS

0t︸︷︷︸

=r(t)S0t dt

+ HtdP (t, T )

= Ht

(− r(t)e−

∫ t0 r(s)dsP (t, T )dt+ e−

∫ t0 r(s)ds dP (t, T )︸ ︷︷ ︸=

(85)P (t,T )σTt dWt+P (t,T )r(t)dt

under P∗

)

= HtP (t, T )σTt dWt.

Since φ admissible we have supt∈[0,T ] Vt ∈ L2(Ω,P∗), thus Vt is a square-integrable mar-tingale and so

Vt = E∗[Vθ|Ft] ∀t 6 θ.

113

Page 114: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

If we impose Vθ = h, we obtain Vt = e−∫ t0 r(s)dsVt = E∗[e−

∫ θ0 r(s)dsh|Ft] and so

Vt = E∗[e−∫ θt r(s)dsh|Ft]

as claimed.It remains to prove the existence of an admissible strategy satisfying (87).

”Sketch”: Since he−∫ θ0 r(s)ds ∈ L2(Ω,Fθ,P∗) we have that

Mt := E∗[he−∫ θ0 r(s)ds|Ft], t 6 θ

is a square integrable (Ft)-martingale w.r.t. P∗. We want to represent Mt through astochastic integral with Wt. This would directly follow from the martingale represen-tation theorem (cf. Theorem 4.7), if (Ft) is the natural filtration of (Wt). However, this isnot the case in general. Thus we make a detour:As in the proof of Proposition 6.3 (LtMt) is an (Ft)-martingale w.r.t. P. Then applying thegeneral (L1-)martingale representation theorem (cf. proof of Proposition 6.1) ∃Hs ∈ Fs

with∫ θ

0H2sds <∞ a.s. and

LθMθ︸ ︷︷ ︸=:Mθ

= L0M0 +

∫ θ

0

HsdWs.

Applying Ito’s product rule one can see (after some calculations)

L−1θ Mθ︸ ︷︷ ︸=Mt

= L−10 M0︸ ︷︷ ︸=M0

+

∫ θ

0

MsdL−1s +

∫ θ

0

L−1s dMs + 〈L−1, M〉θ

= M0 +

∫ θ

0

L−1s q(s)(Hs −Ms)︸ ︷︷ ︸

=:Js and∫ t0 J

2s ds<∞ a.s.

dWs a.s.

Now set

Ht :=Jt

P (t, T )σTt, and H0

t := Mt −JtσTt, t 6 θ.

Then φ = ((H0t , Ht))t∈[0,T ] defines an admissible strategy satisfying (87). The condition

supt∈[0,T ] |r(t)| <∞ implies that∫ θ

0|r(s)H0

s |ds <∞.

In view of Proposition 6.6, we define the fair price of the option h at time t by

E∗[e−∫ θt r(s)dsh|Ft], t ∈ [0, θ].

114

Page 115: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Remark 6.7 It can be shown that P∗ is the unique probability measure, equivalent to P,under which (P (t, T ))t∈[0,T ] is a martingale, iff σTt 6= 0 dtdP-a.e. (slightly weaker than thecondition in Proposition 6.6).

6.0.3 Forward measures and change of numeraire

Definition 6.8 For a fixed maturity date θ ∈ [0, T ], the θ-forward measure Pθ is definedby

Pθ(A) = E∗[

1Ae−

∫ θ0 r(s)ds

P (0, θ)

], A ∈ F(= FT ).

Pθ is a probability measure since P (0, θ) = E∗[e−∫ θ0 r(s)ds]. Moreover, since the density of

Pθ w.r.t. P∗dPθ

dP∗=e−

∫ θ0 r(s)ds

P (0, θ)

is strictly positive, we havePθ ≈ P∗ ≈ P.

Then

E∗[dPθ

dP∗|Ft]

=E∗[e−

∫ θ0 r(s)ds|Ft]

P (0, θ)=e−

∫ t0 r(s)ds E∗[e−

∫ θt r(s)ds|Ft]

P (0, θ)

=(79)

P (t, θ)

P (0, θ)= ”density of Pθ w.r.t. P∗ on Ft” (88)

To compute the price of an option with maturity θ, we can use the θ-forward measure:

Proposition 6.9 Let θ ∈ [0, T ] be a maturity date.

(1) If h ∈ FT , h > 0 a.s., then we have for t ∈ [0, θ]

E∗[e−∫ θt r(s)dsh|Ft] = P (t, θ)Eθ[h|Ft].

(2) If (Xt)t∈[0,θ] is an adapted stochastic process, then(Xt

S0t

)t∈[0,θ]

is a P∗-martingale ⇐⇒(

Xt

P (t, θ)

)t∈[0,θ]

is a Pθ-martingale.

115

Page 116: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Proof (1) From Bayes rule for conditional expectations (82), we get

Eθ[h|Ft] =1

LθtE∗[hLθθ|Ft] where Lθt =

P (t, θ)

P (0, θ).

Hence

P (t, θ)Eθ[h|Ft] =P (0, θ)

e−∫ t0 r(s)ds

E∗[he−

∫ θ0 r(s)dsP (θ, θ)

P (0, θ)|Ft

]= E∗[he−

∫ θt r(s)ds|Ft].

(2) We have (cf. proof of Proposition 6.3 or the exercises):

(Mt)t∈[0,θ] is a Pθ-martingale⇐⇒ (MtLθt )t∈[0,θ] is a P∗-martingale.

Thus (Xt

S0t

)is a P∗-martingale ⇐⇒ Xt

S0t

(Lθt)−1

=XtP (0, θ)

e∫ t0 r(s)dsP (t, θ)

=Xt

P (t, θ)P (0, θ) is a Pθ-martingale

⇐⇒(

Xt

P (t, θ)

)is a Pθ-martingale.

(since P(0, θ) = E∗[e−∫ θ0 r(s)ds] ∈ (0, 1) is an F0-measurable ”constant”)

Remark 6.10Proposition 6.9(2) = ”change of numeraire theorem”

numeraire = ”an asset that is used as price unit”

E.g. if St is the price of the risky asset at time t, then

St =StS0t

= ”discounted price”

= ”price of the risky asset, where the riskless asset S0t is used as numeraire”.

For t 6 θ:

StP (t, θ)

= ”price of the risky asset with the θ-bond as numeraire”

= ”θ-forward price of St”,

116

Page 117: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

deliversSθ = one unit of St at time t = θ.

In our case θ ∈ [0, T ], T 6 T , and

S0t = e

∫ t0 r(s)ds, St = P (t, T ).

Thus by Proposition 6.9(2)

P (t, T ) =P (t, T )

e∫ t0 r(s)ds

is a P∗-martingale︸ ︷︷ ︸holds by (H)

⇐⇒ P (t, T )

P (t, θ)is a Pθ-martingale (t 6 θ).

Define

P θ(t, T ) :=P (t, T )

P (t, θ)= θ-forward price of the T -bond (P (t, T ))t∈[0,T ].

Proposition 6.11 Given maturity dates θ, T , with θ ∈ [0, T ], T 6 T , then Pθ(t, T )satisfies

dP θ(t, T )

P θ(t, T )= (σTt − σθt )dW θ

t , t ∈ [0, θ], (89)

where (σTt )t∈[0,θ] is as in Proposition 6.3 and

W θt = Wt −

∫ t

0

σθsds, t ∈ [0, θ],

with Wt as in Remark 6.4, is a standard BM under (the θ-forward measure) P θ.

Proof First show that W θ is a BM: We have

exp

(∫ t

0

σθsdWs −1

2

∫ t

0

(σθs)2ds

)=

(86)

P (t, θ)

P (0, θ)= Lθt , t ∈ [0, θ], (90)

is the local density of Pθ w.r.t. P∗ on Ft, see (88). By (H), (Lθt )t∈[0,θ] is a P∗-martingale,and by (88)

dPθ

dP∗= Lθθ.

Hence by Girsanov’s theorem

W θt := Wt −

∫ t

0

σθsds, t ∈ [0, θ],

117

Page 118: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

is a standard BM under P θ = LθθdP∗. From (86) and (90)

P θ(t, T ) =P (t, T )e−

∫ t0 r(s)ds

P (t, θ)=P (0, T )

P (0, θ)exp

(∫ t

0

(σTs − σθs)dWs −1

2

∫ t

0

[(σTs )2 − (σθs)2]ds

)

= P θ(0, T ) exp

∫ t

0

(σTs − σθs)dW θs −

1

2

∫ t

0

(σTs − σθs)2ds︸ ︷︷ ︸=:Xt

(91)

As in the proof of Proposition 6.3 by Ito’s formula applied to f(x) = P θ(0, T ) exp(x), weget

P θ(t, T ) = P θ(0, T ) +

∫ t

0

P θ(s, T )dXs +1

2

∫ t

0

P θ(s, T )d〈X〉s

= P θ(0, T ) +

∫ t

0

P θ(s, T )(σTs − σθs)dW θs

and the result follows.

Remark 6.12 (θ-forward price of a European call) By Proposition 6.9, the value ofa European call at time t on a T -bond (P (t, T ))t∈[0,T ] with strike price K and maturity θcan be written as

E∗[e−∫ θt r(s)ds(P (θ, T )−K)+|Ft] = P (t, θ)Eθ[(P (θ, T )−K)+|Ft]︸ ︷︷ ︸

=:Cθt

.

Moreover for any t ∈ [0, θ], we have

P (θ, T ) =P (θ, T )

P (θ, θ)= P θ(θ, T )

=(91)

P θ(0, T )︸ ︷︷ ︸∈F0

exp

∫ t

0

(σTs − σθs)dW θs −

1

2

∫ t

0

(σTs − σθs)2ds︸ ︷︷ ︸∈Ft

︸ ︷︷ ︸

=P θ(t,T )∈Ft

·

118

Page 119: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

· exp

∫ θ

t

(σTs − σθs)dW θs −

1

2

∫ θ

t

(σTs − σθs)2ds︸ ︷︷ ︸=:Z(t,θ)

.

ThereforeP (θ, T ) = P θ(t, T )︸ ︷︷ ︸

∈Ft

exp(Z(t, θ)).

Assume that (σTs ) and (σθs) are determisistic. Then Z(t, θ) is independent of Ft and

Z(t, θ) ∼ N

−1

2

∫ θ

t

(σTs − σθs)2ds,

∫ θ

t

(σTs − σθs)2ds︸ ︷︷ ︸=:Σ2(t,θ)

.

Thus by [1, Proposition 7.6], we have

Cθt (w) = Eθ

[(P θ(t, T )(w) exp(Z(t, θ))−K

)+]

and soCθt = B(t, P θ(t, T )), (92)

with

B(t, x) = Eθ[(x exp(Z(t, θ))−K)+] =

Rem. 4.10xN (d1(t, x))−KN (d2(t, x)) ,

where

d1(t, x) =log(xK

)+ Σ2(t,θ)

2

Σ(t, θ), d2(t, x) = d1(t, x)− Σ(t, θ),

and

N(y) =1√2π

∫ y

−∞e−

x2

2 dx.

(92) is known as Black’s formula (BS-formula with no interest rate). Now the value ofthe European call at time t is

Ct = P (t, θ)Cθt = P (t, θ)B

(t, P θ(t, T )

)= P (t, T )HT

t + P (t, θ)Hθt ,

whereHTt = N(d1(t, P θ(t, T )), Hθ

t = −KN(d2(t, P θ(t, T )).

Therefore, the option can be hedged by holding HTt T -bonds and Hθ

t θ-bonds at time t.

119

Page 120: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

6.1 Some classical models

From (79) and (81) we know that (under (H))

P (t, T ) = E∗[e−∫ Tt r(s)ds|Ft]

andP (t, T ) = E

[e−

∫ Tt r(s)dse

∫ Tt q(s)dWs− 1

2

∫ Tt (q(s))2ds|Ft

],

where

Lt =dP∗|FtdP|Ft

= e∫ t0 q(s)dWs− 1

2

∫ t0 q(s)ds and (q(s))s∈[0,T ] is some adapted process.

Therefore, in order to calculate the price of a θ-bond ot T -bond, we need to know

either the law of r(t) under P∗ or the law of (r(t), q(t)) under P.

The first models describe the dynamics of r(t) under P by a SDE and determine the formthat q(t) should have in order to get a similar SDE under P∗.

6.1.1 The Vasicek model

In the model r(t) satisfies

dr(t) = σdWt + a(b− r(t))dt, (93)

where σ, a, b > 0 and r(0) ≥ 0 are constants. We assume further that q(t) = −λ, withsome λ ∈ R. Since Wt = Wt + λt is a BM under P∗, we get

dr(t) = σdWt + a

b− σλ

a︸ ︷︷ ︸=:b∗

−r(t)

dt (94)

under P∗. We have

d (r(t)− b) = dr(t) =(93)

σdWt − a (r(t)− b) dt,

thus Xt := r(t)− b is an Ornstein-Uhlenbeck process. It follows (see Section 3.5.2) that

Xt = X0e−at + σe−at

∫ t

0

easdWs,

120

Page 121: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

and so

r(t) = r(0)e−at + b(1− e−at) + σe−at∫ t

0

easdWs. (95)

Thus r(t) is normally distributed with

E[r(t)] = r(0)e−at + b(1− e−at),

var(r(t)) = E[(r(t)− E[r(t)])2

]= E

[(σe−at

∫ t

0

easdWs)2

]= σ2e−2at

∫ t

0

e2asds = σ2e−2at 1

2a(e2at − 1) =

σ2

2a(1− e−at).

From (95) it follows that r(t) can be negative with positive probability (not fully satis-factory). As t→∞, r(t) converges in law to N(b, σ

2

2a).

For the calculation of zero-coupon bonds, we use (94) under P∗. By (79)

P (t, T ) = E∗[e−

∫ Tt r(s)ds|Ft

]= e−b

∗(T−t) E∗[e−

∫ Tt X∗s ds|Ft

](96)

with X∗t = r(t)− b∗. Since X∗t solves (94) it is an OU-process w.r.t. P∗. Thus its drift anddispersion coefficients do not depend on time and we get (see Remark 3.49)

(X∗0,xh )h>0 ∼same law

(X∗s,xs+h)h>0 (97)

andE∗[e−

∫ Tt X∗udu|Ft

]=

Markov propertyφ(X∗t ), a.s.

with

φ(x) =Theorem 3.47

E∗[e−

∫ Tt X∗t,xu du

]=

(97)E∗[e−

∫ Tt X∗0,xu−t du

]= E∗

[e−

∫ T−t0 X∗0,xu du

].

Thus

E∗[e−

∫ Tt X∗udu|Ft

]= φ(X∗t ) = E∗

[e−

∫ T−t0 X

∗0,r(t)−b∗u du

]=: F (T − t, r(t)− b∗) (98)

Note thatF (θ, x) = E∗

[e−

∫ θ0 X

xs ds],

where Xxs (= X∗0,xs ) is the unique solution of

dXt = σdWt − aXtdt

121

Page 122: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

with initial condition Xx0 = x. We calculate F (θ, x) explicitly:

(Xxt ) Gaussian and continuous

(see chapter 3)⇒

∫ θ0Xxs ds = limn→∞

∑ti∈τn X

xti

(ti+1 − ti)︸ ︷︷ ︸Gaussian

is normally distributed.

⇒ E∗[e−

∫ θ0 X

xs ds]

︸ ︷︷ ︸L(

∫ θ0 X

xs ds)(1)

”Laplace transform”

=calculate

exp

(−E∗

[∫ θ

0

Xxs ds

]+

1

2var

(∫ θ

0

Xxs ds

)).

Since E∗[sups6θ |Xxs |2] <∞ it follows Xx

· ∈ L1([0, θ]×Ω, dtdP∗), thus by Fubini and since

Xxt = xe−at + σe−at

∫ t

0

easdWs,

we get

E∗[∫ θ

0

Xxs ds

]=

∫ θ

0

E∗ [Xxs ]︸ ︷︷ ︸

=xe−as

ds = x

(−1

a(e−aθ − 1)

)= x

1− e−aθ

a.

For the computation of the variance we use the formula

cov

(∫ θ

0

Xxs ds,

∫ θ

0

Xxs ds

)=(a)

∫ θ

0

∫ θ

0

cov (Xxt , X

xu) dtdu.

Thus

var

(∫ θ

0

Xxs ds

)= cov

(∫ θ

0

Xxs ds,

∫ θ

0

Xxs ds

)=

∫ θ

0

∫ θ

0

E∗[

(Xxt − E∗[Xx

t ]) · (Xxu − E∗[Xx

u ])]dtdu

=

∫ θ

0

∫ θ

0

σ2e−a(t+u) E∗[∫ t

0

easdWs

∫ u

0

easdWs

]︸ ︷︷ ︸

=(b)

∫ t∧u0 e2asds

dtdu

=

∫ θ

0

∫ θ

0

σ2e−a(t+u) e2a(t∧u) − 1

2adtdu

=calculate

σ2θ

a2− σ2

a3

(1− e−aθ

)− σ2

2a3

(1− e−aθ

)2

122

Page 123: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

(a) and (b) above are left as an exercise. It follows

F (θ, x) = exp

(−x(

1− e−aθ

a

)+

1

2

(σ2θ

a2− σ2

a3

(1− e−aθ

)− σ2

2a3

(1− e−aθ

)2))

.

From (96) and (98) we get

P (t, T ) = e−b∗(T−t)F (T − t, r(t)− b∗)

= exp(−(T − t) · R (T − t, r(t))︸ ︷︷ ︸=”average interest rate on [t,T ]”

)

where

R(θ, r) = R∞ −1

[(R∞ − r)(1− e−aθ)−

σ2

4a2(1− e−aθ)2

]with

R∞ = limθ→∞

R(θ, r) = b∗ − σ2

2a2.

R∞ can be interpreted as ”long-term rate” (exercise). Note that it does not depend on theshort rate r(t), which can be seen as a drawback.

Remark 6.13 In practice parameters must estimated. E.g. r(t) is observed as short rate(e.g. over night). From r(t) the parameters b, a, σ are then estimated by statistical meth-ods. Then λ is obtained from the knowledge of r(t), b, a, σ.

6.1.2 The CIR-model (Cox-Ingersoll-Ross, 1985)

In the CIR-model the instantaneous rate r(t) is given as the unique (see below) solutionof

dr(t) = σ√|r(t)|dWt + (a− br(t))dt (99)

with constants σ > 0, a ≥ 0, b ∈ R, and q(t) = −α√|r(t)|, α ∈ R. Note that x 7→ σ

√|x|

is not Lipschitz (only Holder). However, by standard results on pathwise uniquess indimension one, (99) admits a unique solution (see. e.g. [4, Chapter 9,§3.]). In particular,if r(0) = x > 0 a.s., then r(t) > 0 a.s. ∀t > 0 (without proof). Hence if r(0) = x > 0(which we always assume) then we may replace

√|r(t)| by

√r(t) in (99).

Denote by (Xxt ), x > 0 the unique solution of (99) with Xx

0 = x. Define the stopping time

τx0 := inft > 0|Xxt = 0,

with the convention inf ∅ := +∞. Then:

123

Page 124: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Proposition 6.14 It holds:

(1) a > σ2

2⇒ P(τx0 = +∞) = 1, ∀x > 0.

(2) a ∈ [0, σ2

2), b > 0 ⇒ P(τx0 <∞) = 1, ∀x > 0.

(3) a ∈ [0, σ2

2), b < 0 ⇒ P(τx0 <∞) ∈ (0, 1), ∀x > 0.

Proof For x,M > 0 define the stopping time

τxM := inft > 0|Xxt = M.

Let

g(x) :=

∫ x

1

e2by

σ2 y−2aσ2 dy, x ∈ (0,∞).

Then g is harmonic for the CIR process, i.e. we have g ∈ C2(0,∞), and

Lg :=σ2

2xg′′ + (a− bx)g′ = 0 on (0,∞).

Let ε ∈ (0,M), x ∈ (ε,M), and define the stopping time

τxε,M := τxε ∧ τxM .

Let f ∈ C∞0 (R), supp(f) ⊂ (0,∞), f ≡ 1 on [ε,M ]. Then gf ∈ C∞0 (R), hence by Ito’sformula

gf(Xxt ) = g(x) +

∫ t

0

(gf)′(Xxs )σ√Xxs dWs +

∫ t

0

L(gf)(Xxs )ds

=⇒ gf(Xxt∧τxε,M

)︸ ︷︷ ︸=g(Xx

t∧τxε,M

)

= g(x) +

∫ t∧τxε,M

0

(gf)′(Xxs )σ√Xxs dWs︸ ︷︷ ︸

=∫ t∧τxε,M0 g′(Xx

s )σ√Xxs dWs

+

∫ t∧τxε,M

0

L(gf)(Xxs )ds︸ ︷︷ ︸

=0

, (100)

since Xxs ∈ [ε,M ] for s 6 τxε,M . It follows

E[(g(Xxt∧τxε,M︸ ︷︷ ︸∈[ε,M ]

)− g(x))2] = E

[(∫ t∧τxε,M

0

g′(Xxs )σ√Xxs dWs

)2]

= E[∫ t∧τxε,M

0

σ2g′(Xxs )2Xx

s ds

]> inf

y∈[ε,M ]σ2g′(y)2y︸ ︷︷ ︸>0

E[t ∧ τxε,M

],

124

Page 125: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

thusE[t ∧ τxε,M ] 6 constant sup

y∈[ε,M ]

(g(y)− g(x))2

︸ ︷︷ ︸independent of t

<∞, ∀t > 0

and soE[τxε,M ] =

B. Levisupt>0

E[t ∧ τxε,M ] 6 constant,

henceP(τxε,M <∞

)= 1.

Taking expectations in (100) we get

E[g(Xxt∧τxε,M

)]= g(x). (101)

Since Xxt∧τxε,M

∈ [ε,M ], we have |g(Xxt∧τxε,M

)| 6 |g(M)|+ |g(ε)| a.s. Since τxε,M is a.s. finite

we obtain limt→∞ g(Xxt∧τxε,M

) = g(Xxτxε,M

) a.s. Thus by Lebesgue

E[g(Xxτxε,M

)]= lim

t→∞E[g(Xxt∧τxε,M

)]= g(x),

and sog(x) = E[1τxε <τxMg( Xx

τxε︸︷︷︸=ε a.s.

) + 1τxε >τxMg( XτxM︸︷︷︸=M a.s.

)]

= g(ε)P (τxε < τxM) + g(M)P (τxε > τxM) . (102)

If 2aσ2 ∈ [1,∞), then limx→0 g(x) = −∞. Since P (τxε < τx0 ) = 1, we get P (τx0 < τxM) 6

P (τxε < τxM). Hence for ε < 1

g(x) 6 g(ε)︸︷︷︸<0

P (τx0 < τxM) + g(M)P (τxε > τxM)︸ ︷︷ ︸6constant (uniformly in ε)

.

By letting ε 0, we see that P (τx0 < τxM) 6= 0 is impossible, because g(x) is finite.Therefore

P (τx0 < τxM) = 0 for all x,M > 0, if2a

σ2∈ [1,∞).

Since P (Xxt ∈ R ∀t ≥ 0) = 1 ∀x > 0, the last implies P(τx0 < ∞) = 0 ∀x > 0. Thus (1)

holds.If 2a

σ2 ∈ [0, 1), then ∃g(0) := limx→0 g(x) < 0. Let hn ∈ (0, ε), hn ε as n → ∞. Sinceτxε < τxM ⊂ τxε < τxM for ε 6 ε, it follows as n→∞

τxε−hn < τxM ⋂n≥1

τxε−hn < τxM ⊃ τx0 < τxM,

125

Page 126: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

and

ω ∈ τx0 > τxM =⇒ ω ∈ τxε−hn > τxM for some n ≥ 1 =⇒ ω ∈⋃n≥1

τxε−hn > τxM,

hence also ⋂n≥1

τxε−hn < τxM ⊂ τx0 < τxM.

Consequently

limn→∞

P(τxε−hn < τxM

)= P

(⋂n≥1

τxε−hn < τxM

)= P (τx0 < τxM) ,

and so by (102)

g(x) = limn→∞

[g(ε− hn)P

(τxε−hn < τxM

)+ g(M)

(1− P

(τxε−hn < τxM

))]= g(0)P (τx0 < τxM) + g(M) (1− P (τx0 < τxM)) .

It follows

P(τx0 < τxM) =g(x)− g(M)

g(0)− g(M).

If ω ∈ τx0 < ∞, then ∃M > 0, with ω ∈ τx0 < τM, i.e. ω ∈⋃M>0τx0 < τxM, and if

ω ∈ τx0 < τxM for some M > 0, then ω ∈ τx0 <∞. Since

τx0 < τxM ⋃M>0

τx0 < τxM,

we get

P(τx0 <∞) = P

(⋃M>0

τx0 < τxM

)= lim

M→∞P(τx0 < τxM)

=g(x)− g(∞)

g(0)− g(∞)=

1 if b > 0 since g(M)∞∈ (0, 1) if b < 0 since g(M) constant.

Thus (2) and (3) hold.

The joint law of

(Xxt ,∫ t

0Xxs ds)

is characterized by:

126

Page 127: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Proposition 6.15 For λ, µ > 0, we have

E[e−λXxt e−µ

∫ t0 X

xs ds] = exp(−aφλ,µ(t)) exp(−xψλ,µ(t)),

where

φλ,µ(t) = − 2

σ2log

(2γe

t(γ+b)2

σ2λ(eγt − 1) + (γ − b) + eγt(γ + b)

)and

ψλ,µ(t) =λ [γ + b+ eγt(γ − b)] + 2µ(eγt − 1)

σ2λ(eγt − 1) + (γ − b) + eγt(γ + b), with γ =

√b2 + 2σ2µ.

Proof (Sketch) Suppose that F ∈ C1,2(R+ × R) has bounded derivatives and solves−∂tF + σ2

2x∂xxF + (a− bx)∂xF = µxF,

F (0, x) = e−λx.(103)

As in the proof of Theorem 5.7, by Ito’s formula it follows for any T > 0, that

Mt := e−µ∫ t0 X

xs dsF (T − t,Xx

t ), t ∈ [0, T ],

is a martingale. Hence ∀T > 0

E[e−µ∫ T0 Xx

s ds e−λXxT︸ ︷︷ ︸

=F (0,XxT )

] = E[MT ] = E[M0] = E[F (T,Xx0 )] = F (T, x).

By additivity properties of (Xxt ) w.r.t. a and x (more precisely of the squared Bessel

process w.r.t. initial condition and dimension, see [4]), we know that

F (t, x) = E[e−µ∫ t0 X

xs dse−λX

xt ] = exp(−aφ(t)− xψ(t))

for some functions φ, ψ depending only on time. Thus (103) above becomesF (t, x)

(aφ′(t) + xψ′(t) + σ2

2xψ2(t)− (a− bx)ψ(t)− µx

)= 0,

F (0, x) = exp(−aφ(0)− xψ(0)) = e−λx.

It follows φ(0) = 0, ψ(0) = λ, and

φ′(t) = ψ(t), −ψ′(t) =σ2

2ψ2(t) + bψ(t)− µ.

127

Page 128: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

By solving the two differential equations given the initial conditions φ(0) = 0 and ψ(0) = λwe obtain the expressions for φλ,µ, ψλ,µ.

Applying Proposition 6.15 with µ = 0 we obtain for b > 0

φλ,0(t) = − 2

σ2log

(2betb

σ2λ(ebt − 1) + ebt2b

)= − 2

σ2log

(b

σ2

2λ(1− e−bt) + b

)

ψλ,0(t) =λ(2b)

σ2λ(ebt − 1) + ebt2b=

λbe−bt

σ2

2λ(1− e−bt) + b

.

Thus the Laplace transform of Xxt is given by

E[e−λXxt ] = exp(−aφλ,0(t)) exp(−xψλ,0(t))

=

(b

σ2

2λ(1− e−bt) + b

) 2aσ2

exp

(−x λbe−bt

σ2

2λ(1− e−bt) + b

)

=

(1

2λσ2

4b(1− e−bt)︸ ︷︷ ︸

=:L

+1

) 2aσ2

exp

(−λ

=L︷ ︸︸ ︷σ2

4be−bt(ebt − 1) ·

=:ζ︷ ︸︸ ︷4xb

σ2(ebt − 1)

2λL+ 1

)

=1

(2λL+ 1)2aσ2

exp

(− λLζ

2λL+ 1

).

Then the Laplace transform ofXxt

Lis given by

E[e−λLXxt ] =

1

(2λ+ 1)2aσ2

exp

(− λζ

2λ+ 1

)= g 4a

σ2,ζ(λ),

where

gδ,ζ(λ) :=1

(2λ+ 1)δ2

exp

(− λζ

2λ+ 1

).

It is known that gδ,ζ is the Laplace transform of the non-central chi-square distributionwith δ degrees of freedom and parameter ζ. The density of this distribution w.r.t. theLebesgue measure on R+ is

fδ,ζ(x) =e−

ζ2

2ζδ4− 1

2

e−x2

2 xδ4− 1

2 I δ2−1(√xζ), x > 0

128

Page 129: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

where Iν is the first-order modified Bessel function with index ν, i.e.

Iν(x) =(x

2

)ν∑n>0

(x2

)2n

n!Γ(ν + n+ 1).

Iν solvesx2y′′(x) + xy′(x)− x2y(x) = ν2y(x), x > 0.

By the assumption q(t) = −α√r(t) and since Wt := Wt −

∫ t0q(s)ds is a BM w.r.t. P∗ we

get

dr(t) = σ√r(t)d

(Wt − α

∫ t

0

√r(s)ds

)+ (a− br(t))dt

= σ√r(t)dWt + (a− (b+ σα)︸ ︷︷ ︸

=:b∗

r(t))dt under P∗. (104)

Now the price of a zero-coupon bond with maturity T at time 0 is

P (0, T ) = E∗[e−

∫ T0 r(s)ds

]= e−aφ

∗(T )−r(0)ψ∗(T ), (105)

where according to Proposition 6.15 and pathwise uniqueness

φ∗(t) = φ∗0,1(t) = − 2

σ2log

(2γ∗e

t(γ∗+b∗)2

γ∗ − b∗ + eγ∗t(γ∗ + b∗)

)

and

ψ∗(t) = ψ∗0,1(t) =2(eγ

∗t − 1)

γ∗ − b∗ + eγ∗t(γ∗ + b∗)

with γ∗ =√

(b∗)2 + 2σ2.

Let X0,xt solution of (104) with X0,x

0 = x. Then the price at time t is given by

P (t, T ) = E∗[e−

∫ Tt r(u)du|Ft

]= E∗

[e−

∫ Tt X

0,r(0)u du|Ft

]cf. (96)(98)

= E∗[e−

∫ T−t0 X

0,r(t)u du

]=

Prop. 6.15exp(−aφ∗(T − t)− r(t)ψ∗(T − t)).

129

Page 130: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Now we want to price a European call with excercise price K on a T -bond. The price attime t = 0 is given by

C0 = P (0, θ)Eθ[(P (θ, T )−K)+]

where Pθ is the θ-forward measure (see Propositions 6.6 and 6.9). We have

P (θ, T ) > K = e−aφ∗(T−θ)−r(θ)ψ∗(T−θ) > K= −aφ∗(T − θ)− r(θ)ψ∗(T − θ) > logK

=

r(θ) < −aφ

∗(T − θ) + log(K)

ψ∗(T − θ)︸ ︷︷ ︸=:r∗

.

Hence

C0 = P (0, θ)Eθ[P (θ, T )1r(θ)<r∗]−KP (0, θ)Pθ(r(θ) < r∗)

= P (0, θ)Eθ[P (θ, T )] · Pθ,T (r(θ) < r∗)−KP (0, θ)Pθ(r(θ) < r∗),

where

dPθ,T =P (θ, T )

Eθ[P (θ, T )]dPθ.

Now

P (t, T )

S0t

= P (t, T ), t ∈ [0, θ] is a P∗-martingale⇐⇒6.9(2)

(P (t, T )

P (t, θ)

)t∈[0,θ]

is a Pθ-martingale.

Therefore

Eθ[P (θ, T )] =P (0, T )

P (0, θ).

It followsC0 = P (0, T )Pθ,T (r(θ) < r∗)−KP (0, θ)Pθ(r(θ) < r∗).

Using Proposition 6.15 and our previopus results on the Laplace transform of Xxt , one can

see that with

Lθ :=σ2

2

er∗θ − 1

γ∗(eγ∗θ + 1) + b∗(eγ∗θ − 1),

and

Lθ,T =σ2

2

er∗θ − 1

γ∗(eγ∗θ + 1) + (σ2ψ∗(T − θ) + b∗)(eγ∗θ − 1)

the law ofr(θ)

Lθunder Pθ

(resp.

r(θ)

Lθ,Tunder Pθ,T

)130

Page 131: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

is a non-central chi-squared distribution with 4aσ2 degrees of freedom and parameter equal

to

ζθ =8r(0)(γ∗)2eγ

∗θ

σ2(eγ∗θ − 1)(γ∗(eγ∗θ + 1) + b∗)(eγ∗θ − 1)(resp. ζθ,T =

8r(0)(γ∗)2eγ∗θ

σ2(eγ∗θ − 1)(γ∗(eγ∗θ + 1) + (σ2ψ∗(T − θ) + b∗)(eγ∗θ − 1))

).

Thus introducing the distribution function

Fδ,ζ(x) :=

∫ x

0

fδ,ζ(y)dy

we have

C0 = P (0, T )F 4aσ2,ζθ,T

(r∗

Lθ,T

)−KP (0, θ)F 4a

σ2,ζθ

(r∗

).

Remark 6.16 In the CIR-model the price of a zero-coupon bond P (0, T ) is the exponen-tial of an affine function of the interest rate r(0) (see (105)). The same holds for theVasicek-model (see formula before Remark 6.13). Such models are said to have an affineterm structure, i.e.

P (t, T ) = exp(−A(t, T )−B(t, T )r(t))

for some functions A(t, T ) and B(t, T ). Affine term structure models have diffusion anddrift coefficients of the following form

σ2(t, x) = a(t) + α(t)x, b(t, x) = b(t) + β(t)x.

6.1.3 The Heath-Jarrow-Morton methodology

Main drawback of Vasicek and CIR-model:

P (t, T ) is a function of the instantaneous interest rate r(t).

This can make it difficult to calibrate the model to the initially observed term structure.In the Heath-Jarrow-Morton model (1992) the forward instantaneous interest rate f(t, s),s > t is characterized by

P (t, T ) = exp

(−∫ T

t

f(t, s)ds

), t ∈ [0, T ], ∀T 6 T . (106)

f(t, s) = ” instantaneous interest rate at time s predicted by the market at time t 6 s”

We then make the following assumptions:

131

Page 132: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

• (f(t, T ))t∈[0,T ] is adapted for any T ≤ T ,

• f(t, t) = r(t), t ∈ [0, T ],

• f(t, s), t 6 s is continuous in t and s.

The next step in the modelling is to assume that for each T ≤ T and given integrableinitial forward curve s 7→ f(0, s), s 6 T the process (f(t, T ))t∈[0,T ] solves

f(t, T ) = f(0, T ) +

∫ t

0

β(v, T )dWv +

∫ t

0

α(v, T )dv (107)

where β(t, T ), α(t, T ) are continuous in t and T , and adapted in t, i.e. α(t, T ), β(t, T ) are(Ft)-adapted for t ∈ [0, T ] and any T ≤ T .In order to have a reasonable model we have to make sure that condition (H) holds. Thisimplies additional conditions on α, β, that we are going to determine. Let

Xt := −∫ T

t

f(t, s)ds, t ∈ [0, T ], hence P (t, T ) = eXt .

Then

Xt =

∫ T

t

(−f(s, s) + f(s, s)− f(0, s) − f(t, s)− f(0, s)) ds

=(107)−∫ T

t

f(s, s)ds+

∫ T

t

(∫ s

t

β(v, s)dWv

)ds+

∫ T

t

(∫ s

t

α(v, s)dv

)ds︸ ︷︷ ︸

=∫ Tt

∫ Tt 1s6T 1v6sα(v,s)dsdv

=Fubini and

Stochastic Fubini

−∫ T

t

f(s, s)ds+

∫ T

t

(∫ T

v

β(v, s)ds

)dWv +

∫ T

t

(∫ T

v

α(v, s)ds

)dv

= X0 +

∫ t

0

f(s, s)ds−∫ T

0

f(s, s)− f(0, s)ds

+

∫ T

t

(∫ T

v

β(v, s)ds

)dWv +

∫ T

t

(∫ T

v

α(v, s)ds

)dv

= X0 +

∫ t

0

f(s, s)ds−∫ t

0

(∫ T

v

β(v, s)ds

)dWv −

∫ t

0

(∫ T

v

α(v, s)ds

)dv

= X0 +

∫ t

0

(−∫ T

v

β(v, s)ds

)dWv +

∫ t

0

(f(v, v)−

∫ T

v

α(v, s)ds

)dv, (108)

132

Page 133: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

thus

dXt = −(∫ T

t

β(t, s)ds

)dWt +

(f(t, t)−

∫ T

t

α(t, s)ds

)dt.

By Ito’s formula

dP (t, T ) = P (t, T )dXt +1

2P (t, T )d〈X〉t

and so

dP (t, T )

P (t, T )= −

(∫ T

t

β(t, s)ds

)dWt +

(f(t, t)−

∫ T

t

α(t, s)ds+1

2

(∫ T

t

β(t, s)ds

)2)dt.

(109)If (H) holds then by Proposition 6.3 and since f(t, t) = r(t)

dP (t, T )

P (t, T )= σTt dWt + (f(t, t)− σTt q(t))dt. (110)

Comparing (109) with (110) it follows that

σTt = −∫ T

t

β(t, s)ds, and σTt q(t) =

∫ T

t

α(t, s)ds− 1

2

(∫ T

t

β(t, s)ds

)2

.

The last gives ∫ T

t

α(t, s)ds =1

2

(∫ T

t

β(t, s)ds

)2

− q(t)∫ T

t

β(t, s)ds.

Differentiating w.r.t. T leads to

α(t, T ) = β(t, T )

(∫ T

t

β(t, s)ds− q(t)).

Since Wt = Wt −∫ t

0q(s)ds is a BM under P∗ we can rewrite (107) as

df(t, T ) = β(t, T )dWt + β(t, T )

(∫ T

t

β(t, s)ds

)dt

under P∗. Thus the dynamics of the instantaneous forward rates f(t, T ) under P∗ doesnot depend on the drift α under P in (107). The model can be specified with the naturalassumption

β(t, T ) = σ(f(t, T ))

133

Page 134: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

with σ ∈ C(R) (one can also consider time dependent σ(t, x) but we don’t do this here).In this case (f(t, T ))t∈[0,T ] satisfies

df(t, T ) = σ(f(t, T ))dWt + σ(f(t, T ))

(∫ T

t

σ(f(t, s))ds

)dt. (111)

The following theorem gives sufficient conditions under which (111) posseses a uniquesolution:

Theorem 6.17 (Heath, Jarrow, Morton (1992)) If σ is Lipschitz continuous and boundedand φ ∈ C([0, T ],R+) then there exists a unique continuous process with two indices(f(t, T ))06t6T6T such that (f(t, T ))t∈[0,T ] is adapted and solves (111) with f(0, T ) = φ(T ),∀T 6 T .

Proof Without, see original article of Heath, Jarrow, Morton (1992).

Under the conditions of Proposition 6.17, for any continuous process (q(t)) one can build amodel of the form (107). Indeed, let (f(t, T ))t∈[0,T ] be the unique solution of (111). Define

α(t, T ) := σ(f(t, T ))

(∫ T

t

σ(f(t, s))ds− q(t)).

Then (f(t, T )) satisfies (107) with β(v, T ) = σ(f(v, T )).Another interesting aspect of this model is that the law of the forward rates (f(t, T ))under P∗ only depends on σ (cf. (111)). This implies that the option prices will also onlydepend on σ (cf. (106), (111)). This is similar to the Black-Scholes model.If σ is a constant, then the volatilities of the zero-coupon bonds (σTt )t∈[0,T ] are deterministicso that the price of a call can be calculated similarly to Remark 6.12 (Exercise).

Final remark: The boundedness of σ is essential. For instance if σ(x) = x (a very niceLipschitz function), then it can be shown that (111) has no solution.

6.1.4 The forward LIBOR (London Inter Bank Offered Rate) model

In the HJM model the forward rates f(t, s), s > t are not directly observable (nor easyto estimate) but typical interest rate derivatives involve forward rates over a finite timeinterval. Thus one may want to model other rate such as forward LIBORs directly.A (δ-period) forward LIBOR for the expiry T is a simply compounded interest rate over

134

Page 135: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

the time interval [T, T + δ], where δ is called the tenor. Its value L(t, T ) at time t ∈ [0, T ]is given by

simple compounding︷ ︸︸ ︷1 + δ L(t, T )︸ ︷︷ ︸

interest rate

=P (t, T )

P (t, T + δ)= exp

(∫ T+δ

T

f(t, s)ds

)where δ is a time period (e.g. 3 months (δ = 1

4), 1 day (δ = 1

365)). In other words it is

given by

L(t, T ) =1

δ

(P (t, T )

P (t, T + δ)− 1

) (−→δ0

f(t, T )

).

A typical interest rate option is a caplet:

a caplet pays δ(L(T, T )− K︸︷︷︸fixed rate

)+ at time T + δ.

An agent who borrows 1 · $ at time T has to payback (1 + δL(T, T )) · $ at time T + δ. Ifthe agent holds a caplet with fixed rate K, the net payment in $ at time T + δ is

1 + δL(T, T )− δ(L(T, T )−K)+ = 1 + δmin(L(T, T ), K)

⇒ the interest rate reduces to min(L(T, T ), K).

In case of several payment dates Ti = T + iδ, i = 1, ..., n, the interest rate can be ”locked”at the level K by holding a cap (i.e. a collection of caplets). The holder of a cap receivesδ(L(Ti, Ti) − K)+ at times Ti, i = 1, ..., n. Thus the interest rate is at all times 6 K.Denote

Ct = price at time t of a caplet that pays δ(L(T, T )−K)+ at time T + δ.

From Propositions 6.6 and 6.9 we know

Ct = P (t, T + δ)ET+δ[δ(L(T, T )−K)+|Ft], t ∈ [0, T + δ].

Using, thatP (t, T + δ)

P (0, T + δ)dP∗|Ft = dPT+δ|Ft ,

i.e. P (t,T+δ)P (0,T+δ)

is the local density on Ft of PT+δ w.r.t. P∗ one directly shows that(P (t, T )

P (t, T + δ)

)t∈[0,T ]

135

Page 136: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

is a PT+δ-martingale. Therefore (L(t, T ))t∈[0,T ] is also a PT+δ-martingale and it is reason-able to assume that the dynamics of L(t, T ) is determined by

dL(t, T )

L(t, T )= γ(t, T )dW T+δ

t , t ∈ [0, T ], (112)

where γ(t, T ) is deterministic and bounded, and W T+δ is a standard PT+δ-BM. If (112)holds, then similarly to Remark 6.12 one can develop a closed-form solution for Ct. Thisis known a Black’s caplet formula. One can further construct a consistent model in whicheach L(t, Ti), i = 1, ..., n satisfies (112) and derive cap prices as sums of caplet prices.

Final Remark: This chapter was a rather short introduction to term-structure models. Inparticular multifactor models were not treated. A good reference on the subject is

Brigo/Mercurio: Interest models-Theory and practice, Springerand

Filipovic: Term-structure models. A graduate course, Springer

7 Asset models with jumps

Why discontinuous models? In continuous models large sudden movements of prices aredifficult to realize and need very large volatilities. But large movement of prices can occur,after e.g.

- the release of unexpected economic data,

- major political changes,

- a natural disaster in a major economy.

Such rare events can be modeled by discontinuous stochastic processes.

7.1 Poisson process

Definition 7.1 Let Ti : Ω → R+, i ∈ N, be a sequence of independent identically expo-nentially distributed random variables with parameter λ > 0, i.e.

P(Ti 6 x) =

∫ x

0

λe−λtdt, i ∈ N.

136

Page 137: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Let τn :=∑n

i=1 Ti, τ0 := 0. Then

Nt :=∑n>1

1τn6t, t ≥ 0,

is called a Poisson process with intensity λ.

Remark 7.2 Nt represents the number of elements of the sequence (τn)n∈N which are lessor equal to t. For n ∈ N ∪ 0, we have τn 6 t < τn+1 = Nt = n, hence

τn = inft > 0|Nt = n

andNt =

∑n>1

n1τn6t<τn+1.

Proposition 7.3 Let (Nt)t>0 be a Poisson process with intensity λ. Then for any t > 0the random variable Nt follows a Poisson law with parameter λ · t, i.e.

P(Nt = n) = e−λt(λt)n

n!, n ∈ N ∪ 0.

In particular, we have

E[Nt] = λt, and var(Nt) := E[N2t ]− E[Nt]

2 = λt.

Moreover for s > 0E[sNt ] = exp(λt(s− 1)).

Proof We first show that τn, n ≥ 1, has a Gamma distribution with parameters (n, λ),i.e.

P(τn 6 x) =

∫ x

0

λe−λt(λt)n−1

(n− 1)!dt.

Indeed, the Laplace transform of T1 is given by

E[e−αT1 ] =

∫ ∞0

e−αtλe−λtdt =

∫ ∞0

(− λ

α + λe−(α+λ)t

)′dt =

λ

α + λ.

By independence, the Laplace transform of τn satisfies

E[e−ατn ] = E

[n∏i=1

e−αTi

]=

n∏i=1

E[e−αTi

].

137

Page 138: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Since (Ti)i∈N is identically distributed, we get

E[e−αTi ] = E[e−αT1 ], ∀i ∈ N.

Consequently

E[e−ατn ] = E[e−αT1 ]n =

α + λ

)n= L(α).

L(α) is known to be the Laplace transform of the Gamma distribution with parameters(n, λ). Thus by uniqueness of the Laplace transform the first claim follows. Now for n > 1

P(Nt = n) = P(τn 6 t)− P(τn+1 6 t)

=

∫ t

0

λe−λx(λx)n−1

(n− 1)!dx−

∫ t

0

λe−λx(λx)n

n!dx =

(λt)n

n!e−λt

and for n = 0

P(Nt = 0) = P(τ0 6 t)− P(τ1 6 t) = 1−∫ t

0

λe−λxdx = e−λt.

Proposition 7.4 Let (Nt)t>0 be a Poisson process with intensity λ, and Ft := σ(Ns; s 6t). Then (Nt)t>0 is a process with independent stationary increments, i.e. for any t > 0we have

- independence: if s > 0, Nt+s −Nt is independent of Ft

- stationarity: the law of Nt+s −Nt is identical to the law of Ns −N0 = Ns.

Proof (without).

Remark 7.5 The jump times τn are stopping times. Indeed τn 6 t = Nt > n ∈ Ft.A random variable T with exponential law satisfies

P(T > t+ s|T > t) =P(T > t+ s ∩ T > t)

P(T > t)= P(T > s).

Therefore exponentially distributed random variables are said to be ”memory less”. (Theindependence of the increments in Proposition 7.4 is a consequence of this property ofexponential laws).

138

Page 139: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Remark 7.6 (without proof) The law of a Poisson process with intensity λ is character-ized by either of the two following properties:

- (Nt)t>0 is a right continuous homogeneous Markov process with left limits, such that

P(Nt = n) = e−λt(λt)n

n!, t > 0, n ∈ N.

- (Nt)t>0 is a right continuous, non-decreasing process with independent and stationaryincrements, N0 = 0 and jumps of amplitude one.

7.2 Dynamics of the risky asset

The price of the riskless asset at time t is modeled by S0t = ert, r > 0.

The risky asset is modeled as follows: on a probability space (Ω,F,P) consider

- (Wt)t>0 a standard BM,

- (Nt)t>0 a Poisson process with intensity λ,

- (Uj)j>1 a sequence of i.i.d. random variables Uj : Ω→ (−1,∞).

Assume that σ((Wt)t>0), σ((Nt)t>0), and σ((Uj)j>1) are independent. Let

Ft := σ(Ws, Ns, , s 6 t, Uj1j6Nt, j > 1), t > 0.

It can be shown:

- (Wt)t>0 is a standard BM w.r.t. (Ft)t>0,

- (Nt)t>0 is (Ft)t>0-adapted and for all t > s: Nt −Ns is independent of Fs.

The dynamics of Xt = ”price of the risky asset at time t” is determined by

- (Xt)t>0 is an (Ft)-adapted process,

- On the time intervals [τj, τj+1): dXt = Xt(σdWt + µdt), where τj := inft > 0|Nt =j, j ≥ 1, τ0 := 0, and σ, µ are constants with σ > 0,

- at t = τj, j ≥ 1, the jump of Xτj is given by

∆Xτj := Xτj −Xτ−j= Xτ−j

Uj,

where Xτ−j:= limsτj Xs, i.e. at τj the jump is proportional to Uj, so that Xτj =

Xτ−j(1 + Uj).

139

Page 140: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

We have

Xt = X0eσWt+(µ−σ

2

2)t, for t ∈ [0, τ1),

thus the left-hand limit at τ1 is given by

Xτ−1= X0e

σWτ1+(µ−σ2

2)τ1 ,

and

Xτ1 = Xτ−1(1 + U1) = X0(1 + U1)eσWτ1+(µ−σ

2

2)τ1 (113)

Then for t ∈ [τ1, τ2)

Xt = Xτ1eσ(Wt−Wτ1 )+(µ−σ

2

2)(t−τ1)

=(113)

X0(1 + U1)eσWt+(µ−σ2

2)t.

From this we get

Xτ−2= X0(1 + U1)eσWτ2+(µ−σ

2

2)τ2 ,

and

Xτ2 = Xτ−2(1 + U2) = X0(1 + U1)(1 + U2)eσWτ2+(µ−σ

2

2)τ2 . (114)

Then for t ∈ [τ2, τ3)

Xt = Xτ2eσ(Wt−Wτ2 )+(µ−σ

2

2)(t−τ2)

=(114)

X0(1 + U1)(1 + U2)eσWt+(µ−σ2

2)t,

and so for t ∈ [τk, τk+1) where k is arbitrary, we get

Xt = X0

(k∏j=1

(1 + Uj)

)eσWt+(µ−σ

2

2)t.

Since Nt = k ⇔ t ∈ [τk, τk+1), we get

Xt = X0

(Nt∏j=1

(1 + Uj)

)eσWt+(µ−σ

2

2)t, t > 0,

with the usual convention (that the empty product)∏0

j=1 := 1. By our previous assump-tions (Xt)t>0 is right-continuous, adapted, and has only finitely many jumps on finite

140

Page 141: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

intervals.It can then be shown that for all t > 0

Xt = X0 +

∫ t

0

Xs(σdWs + µds) +Nt∑j=1

Xτ−jUj, P-a.s. (115)

This model is called jump-diffusion model. In differential form, (115) is written as

dXt

Xt−= σdWt + µdt+ dZt

where Zt =∑Nt

j=1 Uj. The process (Zt) is called compound Poisson process.

7.3 Martingales in a jump diffusion model

Proposition 7.7 Suppose E[|U1|] < ∞. The discounted price process (Xt := e−rtXt)t>0

is a martingale, if and only ifµ = r − λE[U1].

In order to calculate E[Xt|Fs], we need the following lemma.

Lemma 7.8 Let for s > 0

Gs := σ ((Wt+s −Ws)t>0, (Nt+s −Ns)t>0, (UNs+j)j>1) .

Then Gs and Fs, s > 0 are independent.

Proof LetWs := σ((Wt+s −Ws)t>0), Ns := σ((Nt+s −Ns)t>0),

Ws := σ(Wu|u ∈ [0, s]), Ns := σ(Nu|u ∈ [0, s]).

In order to show independence of Gs and Fs, we need to show

P(A ∩B) = P(A)P(B) ∀A ∈ Gs, ∀B ∈ Fs. (116)

By what is known about Dynkin systems it is enough to show (116) for all A ∈ A0,B ∈ B0, where A0 (resp. B0) is a class of events that is stable under finite intersectionssuch that σ(A0) = Gs (resp. σ(B0) = Fs). Take

A = AW︸︷︷︸∈WS

∩ AN︸︷︷︸∈Ns

∩(UNs+1, ..., UNs+k) ∈ G︸︷︷︸∈B(Rk)

, k > 1, (A ∈ A0)

141

Page 142: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

andB = BW︸︷︷︸

∈Ws

∩ BN︸︷︷︸∈Ns

∩(U1, ..., Ud) ∈ F︸︷︷︸∈B(Rd)

∩ d 6 Ns, d > 1. (B ∈ B0)

We have

A ∩B = AW ∩BW ∩ AN ∩BN ∩ (UNs+1, ..., UNs+k) ∈ G ∩ (U1, ..., Ud) ∈ F ∩ d 6 Ns

=∞⋃p=d

AW ∩BW ∩ AN ∩BN ∩ Ns = p︸ ︷︷ ︸=:BpN

∩(Up+1, ..., Up+k) ∈ G ∩ (U1, ..., Ud) ∈ F︸ ︷︷ ︸=:Cp

.

Thus by independence of (Wt), (Nt) and (Uj), we obtain

P(A ∩B) =∞∑p=d

P(AW ∩BW )P(AN ∩BpN)P(Cp)

and by independence of Ws and Ws, and independence of Ns and Ns, and independenceof (Uj)j>1 we get

P(AW ∩BW ) = P(AW )P(BW ), and P(AN ∩BpN) = P(AN)P(Bp

N),

andP(Cp) =

p>dP((Up+1, ..., Up+k) ∈ G)︸ ︷︷ ︸

=P((U1,...,Uk)∈G)since identically distributed

P((U1, ..., Ud) ∈ F ).

Therefore by independence of (Nt) and (Wt)

P(A∩B) = P(AW )P(BW )P(AN)P((U1, ..., Uk) ∈ G)P((U1, ..., Ud) ∈ F )∞∑p=d

P(BpN)︸ ︷︷ ︸

P(BN∩d6Ns)

(117)

= P(AW )P(AN)P((U1, ..., Uk) ∈ G)P((U1, ..., Ud) ∈ F )P(BN ∩BW ∩ d 6 Ns).Now we choose AW , AN , BW , BN = Ω, F = Rd, and

G = R× · · · × R× H︸︷︷︸j-th coordinate

× R× · · · × R

with H ∈ B(R). Then (117) becomes

P(UNs+j ∈ H ∩ d 6 Ns) = P(Uj ∈ H)P(d 6 Ns) for any j > 1.

142

Page 143: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

The last impliesP(UNs+j ∈ H) = P(Uj ∈ H) for any j > 1.

Thus for any j > 1, UNs+j and Uj have same law. Using the independence of (Wt), (Nt)and (Uj) we can now see that (117) implies P(A ∩B) = P(A)P(B) as desired.

Proof of Proposition 7.7: We have

Xt = X0

(Ns∏j=1

(1 + Uj)

)eσWs+

(µ−r−σ

2

2

)s

︸ ︷︷ ︸=Xs∈Fs

(Nt∏

j=Ns+1

(1 + Uj)

)eσ(Wt−Ws)+

(µ−r−σ

2

2

)(t−s)

and so

E[Xt|Fs] = Xs E

[eσ(Wt−Ws)+

(µ−r−σ

2

2

)(t−s)

(Nt−Ns∏j=1

(1 + UNs+j)

)|Fs

]

=7.8Xs E

[eσ(Wt−Ws)+

(µ−r−σ

2

2

)(t−s)

(Nt−Ns∏j=1

(1 + UNs+j)

)]

=UNs+j∼Uj

Xs E

[eσ(Wt−Ws)+

(µ−r−σ

2

2

)(t−s)

(Nt−Ns∏j=1

(1 + Uj)

)]

= Xse(µ−r)(t−s) E

[Nt∏

j=Ns+1

(1 + Uj)

]=

exerciseXse

(µ−r)(t−s)eλ(t−s)E[U1] = Xs, iff µ− r = λE[U1].

Let ν denote the common law of the random variables Uj, i.e.

ν(A) := P(Uj ∈ A), A ∈ B ((−1,∞)) .

In order to deal with jumps in hedging strategies we need 2 lemmas.

Lemma 7.9 Let φ : Rd × R → R be measurable, and such that φ(·, z) : Rd → R iscontinuous for any z ∈ R. Let (Yt)t>0 be a left-continuous (Ft)-adapted process in Rd. If

E[∫ t

0

∫ ∞−1

φ2(Ys, z)ν(dz)ds

]<∞, ∀t ≥ 0,

143

Page 144: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

then

Mt :=Nt∑j=1

φ(Yτj , Uj)− λ∫ t

0

∫ ∞−1

φ(Ys, z)ν(dz)ds, t ≥ 0,

(0∑j=1

:= 1

)is a square-integrable martingale and

M2t − λ

∫ t

0

∫ ∞−1

φ2(Ys, z)ν(dz)ds, t ≥ 0,

is a martingale.

Proof Assume that φ is bounded and let

C := sup(y,z)∈Rd×R

|φ(y, z)|.

Then ∣∣∣∣∣Nt∑j=1

φ(Yτj , Uj)

∣∣∣∣∣ 6 C ·Nt ∈ L2,

hence (Mt)t>0 is square-integrable.Fix s, t with s < t and a partition ρ := s = s0 < s1 < ... < sm = t of [s, t] and let

Z :=Nt∑

j=Ns+1

φ(Yτj , Uj),

Zρ :=m−1∑i=0

Nsi+1∑j=Nsi+1

φ(Ysi , Uj).

If ρ := max16i6m |si−si−1| → 0, then Zρ → Z a.s, since s 7→ φ(Ys, z) is a.s. left-continuous.Since |Zρ| 6 C(Nt −Ns) ∈ L2, we then get Zρ → Z in L2 by Lebesgue. We have

E[Zρ|Fs] = E

[m−1∑i=0

E

[ Nsi+1∑j=Nsi+1

φ(Ysi , Uj)︸ ︷︷ ︸=∑Nsi+1−Nsij=1 φ(Ysi ,UNsi+j

)=:Zi+1

|Fsi

]|Fs

]. (118)

Note that Ysi ∈ Fsi and that UNsi+j, j > 1, is independent of Fsi by Lemma 7.8. It hencefollows by Proposition 7.6 of [1] that

E[Zi+1|Fsi ] = φi(Ysi)

144

Page 145: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

with

φi(y) = E

Nsi+1−Nsi∑j=1

φ(y, UNsi+j)

=(exercise)

λ(si+1 − si)∫φ(y, z)ν(dz).

Thus (118) can be rewritten as

E[Zρ|Fs] = E

[m−1∑i=0

φi(Ysi)|Fs

]= E

[m−1∑i=0

λ(si+1 − si)∫φ(Ysi , z)ν(dz)|Fs

].

Since

E[Z|Fs] = lim|ρ|→0

E[Zρ|Fs] =

∫ t

s

∫φ(Yu, z)ν(dz)du|Fs

],

we get

E[Mt|Fs] = E

[Ns∑j=1

φ(Yτj , Uj) +Nt∑

j=Ns+1

φ(Yτj , Uj)− λ∫ t

0

∫φ(Yu, z)ν(dz)du|Fs

]

=Ns∑j=1

φ(Yτj , Uj) + lim|ρ|→0

E[Zρ|Fs]− λE[∫ t

s

∫φ(Yu, z)ν(dz)du|Fs

]︸ ︷︷ ︸

=0

− λ∫ s

0

∫φ(Yu, z)ν(dz)du

= Ms.

Hence (Mt)t>0 is a martingale. Define

Zρ :=m−1∑i=0

φi(Ysi) =m−1∑i=0

λ(si+1 − si)∫φ(Ysi , z)ν(dz).

Note that Zρ =∑m−1

i=0 E[Zi+1|Fsi ] and Zρ =∑m−1

i=0 Zi+1, hence (since the mixed termsdisappear)

E[(Zρ − Zρ)2|Fs] = E

(m−1∑i=0

(Zi+1 − E[Zi+1|Fsi ])

)2

|Fs

= E

[m−1∑i=0

(Zi+1 − E[Zi+1|Fsi ])2︸ ︷︷ ︸E[(Zi+1−E[Zi+1|Fsi ])2|Fsi ]=V (Ysi )

|Fs

]

145

Page 146: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

with (exercise)

V (y) = var

Nsi+1−Nsi∑j=1

φ(y, UNsi+j)

= λ(si+1 − si)∫φ2(y, z)ν(dz).

Since

Zρ − Zρ −→|ρ|→0

Z − λ∫ t

s

∫φ(Yu, z)ν(dz)du = Mt −Ms in L2,

we get

E[(Mt −Ms)2|Fs] = lim

|ρ|→0E

[m−1∑i=0

λ(si+1 − si)∫φ2(Ysi , z)ν(dz)|Fs

]

= E[λ

∫ t

s

∫φ2(Yu, z)ν(dz)du|Fs

].

MoreoverE[(Mt −Ms)

2|Fs] = E[M2t −M2

s |Fs]and therefore

M2t − λ

∫ t

0

∫φ2(Yu, z)ν(dz)du, t > 0,

is a martingale. If φ is not bounded, then approximate φ with

φn := (−n) ∨ (φ ∧ n), n > 1.

The assertions of the lemma hold for M(n)t defined through φn, n > 1. Taking limits and

noting that ∫ t

0

∫(φn(Yu, z)− φ(Yu, z))

2 ν(dz)du −→n→∞

0,

(M(n)t )n≥1 is L2-Cauchy and M

(n)t →Mt a.s, the assertion then follows for general φ.

Lemma 7.10 Let (Mt)t>0 be as in Lemma 7.9 (under the same hypotheses). Let (At)t>0

be an adapted process such that

E[∫ t

0

A2sds

]<∞, ∀t > 0.

Define (Lt :=∫ t

0AsdWs)t>0. Then (LtMt)t>0 is a martingale.

146

Page 147: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Proof Using the same approximation as at the end of the proof of Lemma 7.9, wemay assume that φ is bounded by C := sup(y,z) |φ(y, z)| < ∞. Fix again s < t and letρ = s = s0 < ... < sm = t be a partition of [s, t]. Then

E[LtMt − LsMs|Fs] = E

[m−1∑i=0

E[Lsi+1Msi+1

− LsiMsi |Fsi ]︸ ︷︷ ︸=E[(Lsi+1−Lsi )(Msi+1−Msi )|Fsi ]

|Fs

]

= E[m−1∑i=0

(Lsi+1− Lsi)(Msi+1

−Msi)︸ ︷︷ ︸=:Λρ

|Fs].

We have

|Λρ| 6 sup06i6m−1

|Lsi+1− Lsi |

m−1∑i=0

|Msi+1−Msi |

and

m−1∑i=0

|Msi+1−Msi | 6

Nt∑j=Ns+1

|φ(Yτj , Uj)|︸ ︷︷ ︸≤C

∫ t

s

∫|φ(Yu, z)|︸ ︷︷ ︸

6C

ν(dz)du

6 C(Nt −Ns) + λC(t− s).

By continuity of (Lt)t>0 it then follows

|Λρ| −→|ρ|→0

0 a.s.

Moreover|Λρ| 6 2C sup

u∈[s,t]

|Lu|(Nt −Ns + λ(t− s)).

It then follows from Doob’s inequality that

supu∈[s,t]

|Lu| ∈ L2.

Since Nt −Ns ∈ L2, we get by Lebesgue

Λρ −→|ρ|→0

0 in L1.

ConsequentlyE[LtMt − LsMs|Fs] = 0.

147

Page 148: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

7.4 Pricing options in a jump-diffusion model

Consider the jump-diffusion model (for the risky asset)

Xt = X0

(Nt∏j=1

(1 + Uj)

)eσWt+

(µ−σ

2

2

)t, t ∈ [0, T ] (119)

of Section 7.2. Define

dP∗ := eθWT− θ2

2TdP where θ =

r − µ− λE[U1]

σ. (120)

From Girsanov’s theorem we know that W ∗t := Wt−θt, t ∈ [0, T ] is a standard BM under

P∗. Moreover (W ∗t ), (Nt), (Uj) are independent under P∗.

Illustration:

P∗( A︸︷︷︸dep. on(W∗t )

∩ B︸︷︷︸dep. on(Nt)

∩ C︸︷︷︸dep. on(Uj)

) = E[1B1C 1AeθWT− θ

2

2T︸ ︷︷ ︸

dep. on (Wt)

]

= E[1B]E[1C ]P∗(A) (by indep. of (Wt), (Nt), (Uj) under P)

= E[1B]E[eθWT− θ

2

2T]

︸ ︷︷ ︸=1 mart. propertyof Girsanov density

E[1C ]E[eθWT− θ

2

2T]

︸ ︷︷ ︸=1

P∗(A)

=(indep.)

E[1BeθWT− θ

2

2T ]E[1Ce

θWT− θ2

2T ]P∗(A)

= P∗(B)P∗(C)P∗(A).

In particular, we can see from the illustration that the laws of (Nt), (Uj) are the sameunder P and P∗ by choosing B = Nt ∈ B, and C = Uj ∈ C, e.g.

P(Uj ∈ C) = E[1C ]E[eθWT− θ2

2T ]︸ ︷︷ ︸

=1

=indep.

E[1CeθWT− θ

2

2T ] = P∗(Uj ∈ C).

Now, we have from (119)

Xt = X0

(Nt∏j=1

(1 + Uj)

)eσW

∗t +(µ∗−σ

2)t,

withµ∗ = µ+ σθ =

(120)r − λE[U1] = r − λE∗[U1].

148

Page 149: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Therefore by Proposition 7.7, the discounted prices Xt = e−rtXt, t ∈ [0, T ] form a martin-gale under P∗. It turns out (exercise) that there are infinitely many equivalent martingalemeasures. Up to this end, we assume that

µ = r − λE[U1] = r − λ∫ ∞−1

zν(dz). (121)

In other words we are choosing P as risk-neutral probability measure. For technical reasons,we will assume that

E∗[(U1)2] = E[(U1)2] <∞.

We have

E[X2t ] = X2

0 E

(exp

(σWt +

(µ− σ2

2

)t

) Nt∏j=1

(1 + Uj)

)2 (122)

Thus from independence

E[X2t ] = X2

0 E[exp(2σWt)]︸ ︷︷ ︸=e2σ2t

e(2µ−σ2)t E

[Nt∏j=1

(1 + Uj)2

]

=exercise

X20e

σ2te2µt exp(λt (E[(1 + U1)2]− 1)︸ ︷︷ ︸

=E[U21 ]+2E[U1] =

(121)E[U2

1 ]+2 r−µλ

)= X2

0e(σ2+2r)t exp(λtE[U2

1 ]).

Thus under the technical assumption U1 ∈ L2(P), we obtain that the discounted priceprocess is a square-integrable martingale.

7.4.1 Admissible strategies

A trading strategy is an adapted process φ = ((H0t , Ht))t∈[0,T ] with values in R2 such that

H0t = amount of riskless asset S0

t = ert held at time t,

andHt = amount of risky asset Xt held at time t,

are left-continuous (because Xt is right-continuous, Stieltjes-integration).The value at time t of the strategy φ is then Vt = H0

t ert + HtXt and the strategy is said

to be self-financing ifdVt = HtdXt +H0

t rertdt.

149

Page 150: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

By (115) between the jump times, i.e. if t ∈ [τj, τj+1)

dVt = HtXt(σdWt + µdt) +H0t re

rtdt

and at jump time τj, Vt jumps by an amount of

∆Vτj = Hτj∆Xτj = HτjUjXτ−j.

Thus by (115), the self-financing condition can be written as

Vt = V0 +

∫ t

0

HsXs(σdWs + µds) +

∫ t

0

H0s re

rsds+Nt∑j=1

HτjUjXτ−j. (123)

For (123) to make sense it suffices to assume∫ T

0

(H2s + |H0

s |)ds <∞ a.s.

However in order to ensure the square integrability of Vt one needs a stronger conditionon (Ht)t∈[0,T ], namely:

Definition 7.11 An admissible strategy is an adapted, left-continuous, R2-valued processφ = ((H0

t , Ht))t∈[0,T ] that satisfies (123) a.s. for all t ∈ [0, T ],∫ T

0|H0

s |ds < ∞ a.s. and

E[∫ T

0H2sX

2sds] <∞.

Note: In contrast to the Black-scholes model, we do not assume that the value of theprotfolio w.r.t. an admissible strategy is at all times non-negative.

Proposition 7.12 (cf. Proposition 4.2) Let (Ht)t∈[0,T ] be an adapted left-continuous pro-cess such that

E[∫ T

0

H2sX

2sds

]<∞,

and let V0 ∈ R. There exists a unique process (H0t )t∈[0,T ], such that the pair ((H0

t , Ht))t∈[0,T ]

defines an admissible strategy with initial value V0. The discounted value Vt = e−rtVt isgiven by

Vt = V0 +

∫ t

0

HsXsσdWs +Nt∑j=1

HτjUjXτ−j− λE[U1]

∫ t

0

HsXsds.

150

Page 151: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Proof If (H0t , Ht) is an admissible strategy then by (123)

Vt = Yt + Zt

with Yt = V0 +∫ t

0HsXs(σdWs + µds) +

∫ t0H0s re

rsds, and Zt =∑Nt

j=1 HτjUjXτ−j. By Ito’s

product rule, we get

e−rtVt = e−rtYt + e−rtZt

= V0 +

∫ t

0

e−rsdYs +

∫ t

0

(−re−rs)Ysds+ e−rtZt. (124)

Further,

e−rtZt =Nt∑j=1

e−rtHτjUjXτ−j

=Nt∑j=1

(e−rτj +

∫ t

τj

(−re−rs)ds

)HτjUjXτ−j

=Nt∑j=1

e−rτjHτjUjXτ−j+

Nt∑j=1

∫ t

0

1τj 6 s︸ ︷︷ ︸=Ns>j

(−re−rs)dsHτjUjXτ−j

=Nt∑j=1

e−rτjHτjUjXτ−j+

∫ t

0

(Ns∑j=1

HτjUjXτ−j

)(−re−rs)ds

=Nt∑j=1

e−rτjHτjUjXτ−j+

∫ t

0

(−re−rs)Zsds.

151

Page 152: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Writing this in (124) with explicit Yt we get

Vt = V0 +

∫ t

0

HsXs(σdWs + µds) +

∫ t

0

H0s rds+

∫ t

0

(−re−rs)( Vs︸︷︷︸=H0

s ers+HsXs

−Zs )ds

+Nt∑j=1

e−rτjHτjUjXτ−j+

∫ t

0

(−re−rs)Zsds

= V0 +

∫ t

0

HsXs(σdWs + µds) +

∫ t

0

H0s rds−

∫ t

0

r(H0s +HsXs)ds

+Nt∑j=1

e−rτjHτjUjXτ−j

= V0 +

∫ t

0

HsXs(σdWs + (µ− r)ds) +Nt∑j=1

e−rτjHτjUjXτ−j,

and so by (121)

Vt = V0 +

∫ t

0

HsXsσdWs +Nt∑j=1

HτjUjXτ−j− λE[U1]

∫ t

0

HsXsds. (125)

Thus if (H0t , Ht) is admissible and V0 and Ht are given then Vt must have the form (125).

It follows

H0t = Vt −HtXt

=(125)−HtXt + V0 +

∫ t

0

HsXsσdWs +Nt∑j=1

HτjUjXτ−j− λE[U1]

∫ t

0

HsXsds.

From this formula one can see that (H0t ) is adapted, has left-hand limit at any t and

H0t = H0

t− (it holds P(Nt = Nt−) = 1 and P(Xt = Xt−) = 1 for any t > 0). Indeed, ift is not a jump time τj, H

0t = H0

t− is clear, and if t = τj then (since Nt = n = t ∈[τn, τn+1), Nτj = j, j ≥ 1, and so Nτ−j

= j − 1)

H0τj−H0

τ−j= −Hτj∆Xτj +HτjUjXτ−j

= 0.

One can also see∫ T

0|H0

s |2ds <∞ a.s. (cf. Remark 7.13 below). Moreover writing H0t e

rt +

HtXt = ert(H0t + HtXt) and integrating by parts as before one can see that (H0

t , Ht) isadmissible with initial value V0.

152

Page 153: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Remark 7.13 The condition E[∫ T

0H2s X

2sds]<∞ implies both that the stochastic inte-

gral(∫ t

0HsXsσdWs

)t∈[0,T ]

and

Mt : =Nt∑j=1

HτjUjXτ−j− λE[U1]

∫ t

0

HsXsds, t ∈ [0, T ],

are square-integrable martingales. Indeed, since (Xt) has only finitely many jumps in [0, T ],setting φ ((y1, y2), z) = y1 · y2 · z, we have

Mt =Nt∑j=1

φ(

(Hτj , Xτ−j), Uj

)− λ

∫ t

0

∫RHsXs−zν(dz)ds

=Nt∑j=1

φ(

(Hτj , Xτ−j), Uj

)− λ

∫ t

0

∫φ(

(Hs, Xs−)︸ ︷︷ ︸

=:Ys left-cont. adapted

, z)ν(dz)ds

with

E[∫ T

0

∫φ2(Ys, z)ν(dz)ds

]= E

[∫ T

0

H2s X

2s−ds

] ∫z2ν(dz)

= E[∫ T

0

H2s X

2sds

]E[U2

1 ] <∞.

Thus (Mt)t∈[0,T ] is a square-integrable martingale by Lemma 7.9. Consequently, (Vt)t∈[0,T ]

is also a square integrable martingale.

7.4.2 Pricing

Consider an European option with maturity T defined by a square integrable FT -measurablerandom variable h, i.e. h ∈ L2(Ω,FT , P ).Consider the following scenario:

- a writer sells the option for the price V0 at time 0

- he follows an admissible strategy up to time T

Note that the strategy is completely determined by (Ht)t∈[0,T ]. Now, at time T : ifh− VT 6 0 writer loses money

h− VT > 0 writer earns money

153

Page 154: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Introduce

RT0 : = E

[(e−rT (h− VT ))2

]which measures the risk at maturity for both, the writer and the owner of the option. Usingthe formula E[Z2] = E[Z]2 + var(Z) and that by the martingale property E[VT ] = V0, weget

RT0 = E

[e−rTh− V0

]2+ E

[(e−rT (h− VT )− (E[e−rTh]− V0)

)2]

=(E[e−rTh]− V0

)2

+ E[(e−rTh− E[e−rTh]− ( VT − V0︸ ︷︷ ︸

only dep. on (Ht)by Prop. 7.12

))2]

(126)

Now in order to minimize RT0 , one has to ask for the premium

V0 = E[e−rTh]

which represents the initial value of any strategy that minimizes the risk at maturity.Thus we define in a natural way E[e−rTh] to be the price of the option h at time zero. Bya similar argument the price at time t ∈ (0, T ) in order to minimize pointwise (for P -a.e.ω ∈ Ω)

RTt := E

[(e−r(T−t)(h− VT )

)2

|Ft]

isVt := E

[e−r(T−t)h|Ft

]. (127)

Indeed, in this case, we may use the formula

E[X2|Ft] = E[(X − E[X|Ft])2|Ft] + E[X|Ft]2,

holding for X ∈ L2(Ω,FT , P ). We hence define the price of the option at time t ∈ (0, T )by E

[e−r(T−t)h|Ft

].

154

Page 155: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

7.4.3 Prices of calls and puts

We want to derive an explicit formula for the price of an European call or put with strikeprice K, i.e. we assume h = f(XT ) with f(x) = (x−K)+ or f(x) = (K − x)+. We have

Vt =(127)

E[e−r(T−t)h|Ft

]= E

[e−r(T−t)f

(X0

(NT∏j=1

(1 + Uj)

)eσWT−(µ−σ

2

2)T

)|Ft

]

= E

[e−r(T−t)f

(Xt

(NT∏

j=Nt+1

(1 + Uj)

)eσ(WT−Wt)−(µ−σ

2

2)(T−t)

)|Ft

]

= E

[e−r(T−t)f

(Xt

(NT−Nt∏j=1

(1 + UNt+j)

)eσ(WT−Wt)+(µ−σ

2

2)(T−t)

︸ ︷︷ ︸independent of Ft by Lemma 7.12

)|Ft

].

Therefore by Proposition 7.6 of [1], we have

E[e−r(T−t)f(XT )|Ft] = F (t,Xt)

(=

(127)Vt

)(128)

where

F (t, x) = E

[e−r(T−t)f

(x

NT−Nt∏j=1

(1 + UNt+j)eσ(WT−Wt)+(µ−σ

2

2)(T−t)

)]

= E

[e−r(T−t)f

(x

NT−t∏j=1

(1 + Uj)eσWT−t+(r−λE[U1]−σ

2

2)(T−t)

)]

since NT − Nt ∼ NT−t, WT −Wt ∼ WT−t and UNt+j ∼ Uj see proof of Lemma 7.8 andµ = r − λE[U1] by (121). Let

F0(t, x) := E[e−r(T−t)f(xeσWT−t+(r−σ

2

2)(T−t))

],

which determines the price of the option in the Black-Scholes model. Then

F (t, x) = E

[F0

(t, x

(NT−t∏j=1

(1 + Uj)

)e−λE[U1](T−t)

)]. (129)

155

Page 156: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Since NT−t has Poisson distribution with parameter λ(T − t) and is independent of Uj,we obtain

F (t, x) =∞∑n=0

E

[1NT−t=nF0

(t, x

n∏j=1

(1 + Uj)e−λE[U1](T−t)

)]

=∞∑n=0

E[1NT−t=n

]E

[F0

(t, x

n∏j=1

(1 + Uj)e−λE[U1](T−t)

)]

=∞∑n=0

e−λ(T−t)λn(T − t)n

n!E

[F0

(t, x

n∏j=1

(1 + Uj)e−λE[U1](T−t)

)].

In general each term of this series is computed numerically by simulating the laws of theUj’s. But for some laws the series can be calculated explicitly.

7.4.4 Hedging calls and puts

Consider the hedging problem for h = f(XT ) with f(x) = (x−K)+ or (K − x)+.We have seen in Proposition 7.12 and Remark 7.13: any strategy that minimizes the riskRT

0 at maturity has initial value V0 = E[e−rTh] = F (0, X0). For any such strategy

RT0 = E[(e−rTh− VT )2].

Now, we want to describe the process (Ht)t∈[0,T ], where φ = ((H0t , Ht)) minimizes the risk

RT0 at maturity.

Proposition 7.14 Let ((H0t , Ht))t∈[0,T ] be an admissible strategy with value Vt at time

t. Assume V0 = E[e−rTf(XT )] = F (0, X0) (where F is as in Section 7.4.3). Then thequadratic risk at maturity RT

0 satisfies

RT0 = E[(e−rT (f(XT )− VT ))2]

= E[∫ T

0

(∂xF (s,Xs)−Hs)2X2

sσ2ds

]+ E

[∫ T

0

λ

∫ ∞−1

e−2rs(F (s, (1 + z)Xs)− F (s,Xs)−HszXs

)2

ν(dz)ds

].

Proof By Proposition 7.12 for t ∈ [0, T ] we have

Vt = F (0, X0) +

∫ t

0

HsXsσdWs +Nt∑j=1

HτjUjXτ−j− λE[U1]

∫ t

0

HsXsds. (130)

156

Page 157: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

By (128), we have h := e−rTf(XT ) = e−rTF (T,XT ). Define

F (t, x) := e−rtF (t, xert).

ThenF (t, Xt) = e−rtF (t,Xt) =

(128)E[e−rTf(XT )︸ ︷︷ ︸

=h

|Ft]

is the discounted price of the option at time t. From (129) one deduces (exercise) thatF ∈ C2([0, T ) × R+). Hence using the time-dependent Ito’s formula between the jumptimes at t ∈ [τj, τj+1), j ≥ 1, and adding the jumps at times t = τj, we get

F (t, Xt) = F (0, X0) +

∫ t

0

∂xF (s, Xs)dXs +1

2

∫ t

0

∂xxF (s, Xs)d〈X〉s

+

∫ t

0

∂tF (s, Xs)ds+Nt∑j=1

(F (τj, Xτj)− F (τj, Xτ−j

)).

Since Xt = X0 +∫ t

0Xs(σdWs − λE[U1]ds) by (115), (121) and Ito’s product rule, we get

F (t, Xt) = F (0, X0) +

∫ t

0

∂xF (s, Xs)Xs(σdWs − λE[U1]ds) +1

2

∫ t

0

∂xxF (s, Xs)X2sσ

2ds

+

∫ t

0

∂tF (s, Xs)ds+Nt∑j=1

(F (τj, Xτj)− F (τj, Xτ−j

)). (131)

Let θ := T − t. Since f is Lipschitz, we have

|F (t, x)− F (t, y)| 6 E

[e−rθ

∣∣∣f(xeσWθ+(r−λE[U1]−σ2

2)θ)

Nθ∏j=1

(1 + Uj)

− f(yeσWθ+(r−λE[U1]−σ2

2)θ)

Nθ∏j=1

(1 + Uj)∣∣∣]

6 |x− y|E

[eσWθ−σ

2

2θe−λE[U1]θ

Nθ∏j=1

(1 + Uj)

]

=independence

|x− y|E[eσWθ−σ2

2θ]︸ ︷︷ ︸

=1

E

[e−λE[U1]θ

Nθ∏j=1

(1 + Uj)

]︸ ︷︷ ︸

=1 (by Ex. 4 Ass. no. 8)

.

157

Page 158: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

It follows that

E[∫ T

0

∫ ∣∣∣F (s, (1 + z)Xs)− F (s, Xs)∣∣∣2ν(dz)ds

]6 E

[∫ T

0

X2sds

∫z2ν(dz)

]<∞.

Hence by Lemma 7.9 the process

Mt :=Nt∑j=1

(F (τj, Xτj)− F (τj, Xτ−j

))− λ

∫ t

0

∫ (F (s, (1 + z)Xs)− F (s, Xs)

)ν(dz)ds

is a square-integrable martingale. We know that (F (t, Xt))t∈[0,T ] is a martingale, hence

(F (t, Xt)−Mt)t∈[0,T ] is also a martingale and from (131) it is an Ito process.

By Exercise 2(iv) of Assignment no. 9 of Financial Mathematics 1, the Ito process F (t, Xt)−Mt can be uniquely written as stochastic integral and so by (131) and uniqueness

F (t, Xt)−Mt = F (0, X0) +

∫ t

0

∂xF (s, Xs)XsσdWs. (132)

By (130) and (132)

Vt = F (t, Xt)−Mt −∫ t

0

∂xF (s, Xs)XsσdWs +

∫ t

0

HsXsσdWs

+Nt∑j=1

HτjUjXτ−j− λE[U1]

∫ t

0

HsXsds

and so

F (t, Xt)− Vt =

∫ t

0

(∂xF (s, Xs)−Hs

)σXsdWs︸ ︷︷ ︸

=:Mt

+Nt∑j=1

(F (τj, Xτj)− F (τj, Xτ−j

)−HτjUjXτ−j

)− λ

∫ t

0

∫ (F (s, (1 + z)Xs)− F (s, Xs)−HszXs

)ν(dz)ds︸ ︷︷ ︸

=:Mt

By Lemma 7.10 (MtMt)t∈[0,T ] is a martingale and so E[MTMT ] = E[M0M0] = 0. It follows

RT0 = E

[(F (T, XT )− VT

)2]

= E[M2T ] + E[M2

T ]

= E[∫ T

0

(∂xF (s, Xs)−Hs)2σ2X2

sds

]+ E[M2

T ].

158

Page 159: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Applying Lemma 7.9

E[M2T ] = E

∫ T

0

∫ (F (s, (1 + z)Xs)− F (s, Xs)−HszXs

)2

ν(dz)ds

].

Thus RT0 has the desired form.

It follows from Proposition 7.14 that the minimal risk is obtained when Hs satisfies(

∂xF (s, Xs)−Hs

)X2sσ

2 + λ

∫ (F (s, (1 + z)Xs)− F (s, Xs)−HszXs

)zXsν(dz) = 0

P-a.s. Indeed, it suffices to minimize the integrand w.r.t. ds. This yields

Hs = ∆(s,Xs−)

where

∆(s, x) =1

σ2 + λ∫z2ν(dz)

(σ2∂xF (s, x) + λ

∫F (s, (1 + z)x)− F (s, x)

xzν(dz)

)By this (Hs) also satisfies

E[∫ T

0

H2s X

2sds

]<∞

and is therefore an admissible strategy that minimizes the risk at maturity. If there is nojump (i.e. λ = 0), we recover the hedging formula of the Black-Scholes model which isperfect, i.e. RT

0 = 0. If λ > 0 the minimal risk in general satisfies RT0 > 0.

Remark 7.15 In practice the parameters of the model as well as the law of the Ui’sneed to be determined. There are two approaches: (1) statistical approach from historicaldata (2) implied approach from prices of options quoted on an organized market. For theapproach (2) jump models give a better fit to market prices than the Black-Scholes model.

159

Page 160: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

8 Credit risk models

credit risk ≈ ”risk of default of a counterparty”

8.1 Structural models

In structural models (also called firm value models) a default event is modeled by relatingit to the value of the firm.

Merton’s model (1974): (Pioneering model)

Vt = value of the firm at time t follows a geometric BM, i.e.

dVt = Vt(σWt + (r − k) dt), V0 > 0, (133)

where (Wt) is a standard BM under the risk neutral probability measure P , with constants

r = instantaneous interest rate

k = expenditure rate

0 < σ = volatility.

Definition 8.1 A zero-coupon bond with face value L is a security paying L (e.g. dollar)at maturity time T . If the instantaneous interest rate (r(s))s∈[0,T ] is deterministic, its priceat time t ∈ [0, T ] is

P (t, T ) = L · e−∫ Tt r(s)ds,

(“lend (pay) L · e−∫ Tt r(s)ds at time t and receive L at time T”). If (r(s))s∈[0,T ] is random,

then we have to take conditional expectations, see (136) below.

The debt Dt of the company (=firm) at time t is supposed to be a zero-coupon bond withmaturity T and face value L > 0, i.e. at time T the firm has to pay back the amount ofL.

The company defaults, if: VT ≤ L = DT at time T .

In case of default: the debtors (= the zero-coupon bond holders) take control of thecompany. In general the bond holders payoff at time T is

VT ∧ L =

VT if company defaults

L if company does not default and hence pays back the debt L at time T.

160

Page 161: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

The value at time t ∈ [0, T ] of this defaultable coupon which represents the debt valueof the firm is given by

Dt = E[e−r(T−t)VT ∧ L | Ft].

Here (Ft)t∈[0,T ] is the natural filtration of (Vt)t∈[0,T ] and hence also of (Wt)t∈[0,T ]. SinceVT ∧ L = L− (L− VT )+ we have

Dt = Le−r(T−t) − E[e−r(T−t)(L− VT )+ | Ft].

For the computation of Dt it is hence enough to compute the value of a put on the firmvalue Vt with strike price L. Let

ET := VT − VT ∧ L = (VT − L)+ = equity value of the firm at time T.

The price of ET at time t is hence given by E[e−r(T−t)(VT −L)+ | Ft], i.e. the ”shareholdersof the firm are holder of a call option on Vt with strike price L”.

In Merton’s model: default may only occur at the terminal time T .

In first passage models: default occurs when the firm value hits a time-dependentbarrier (deterministic curve) H(t) for the first time. Then

”default time” = τ := inft ≥ 0 | Vt ≤ H(t)

E.g. Black and Cox model (1976):

H(t) =

Le−γ(T−t) for t ∈ [0, T ) with L < L and γ ≥ 0 const.

L for t = T.

8.2 Intensity-based models

8.2.1 The hazard rate of a random time

Proposition 8.2 Let τ be a r.v. with P (τ > 0) = 1 and P (τ > t) > 0 ∀t > 0. Let the(cumulative) distribution function F (t) := P (τ ≤ t) of τ be continuously differentiable.Then ∃λ : [0,∞) −→ [0,∞), λ continuous with

P (τ > t) = e−∫ t0 λ(s) ds, t > 0.

λ is called the hazard rate of τ .

161

Page 162: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Proof We have P (τ > t) = 1 − F (t) > 0 for all t ≥ 0, and 1 − F (t) decreases. Byassumption λ must satisfy

λ(t) =(− ln

(1− F (t)

))′=

F′(t)

1− F (t), ∀t ≥ 0. (?)

Defining λ by (?) we obtain that λ is continuous, positive and

P (τ > t) =F (0)=0

eln(1−F (t))−ln(1−F (0)) = e−∫ t0 λ(s) ds.

Note: P (τ =∞) = limt→∞ P (τ > t) = limt→∞ e−∫ t0 λ(s) ds. Hence∫ ∞

0

λ(s) ds = +∞⇒ P (τ <∞) = 1

and for δ > 0, since P (τ = t) = 0,

P (τ < t+ δ | τ > t) =P (τ ∈ (t, t+ δ])

P (τ > t)=P (τ > t)− P (τ > t+ δ)

P (τ > t)= 1− e−

∫ t+δt λ(s) ds

Hence

λ(t) = limδ→0−e−∫ t+δt λ(s) ds − 1

δ= lim

δ→0

P (τ < t+ δ | τ > t)

δ.

Thus if τ =”default time”, then hazard rate λ(t) =”rate of occurence of default justafter time t, given the default has not occured before time t”

Remark 8.3 τ has exponential distribution with parameter α > 0 ⇔ λ ≡ α > 0. On theother hand, if ξ is exponentially distributed with parameter 1, i.e. P (ξ ≤ t) = 1− e−t, andλ : [0,∞) −→ [0,∞) is continuous, then

τ := inft ≥ 0 |

∫ t

0

λ(s) ds ≥ ξ

(134)

satisfies

P (τ ≤ t) = P

(∫ t

0

λ(s) ds ≥ ξ

)= 1− e−

∫ t0 λ(s) ds,

and so the hazard rate of τ is λ. (134) provides a way of constructing a random time withgiven hazard rate.

162

Page 163: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

8.2.2 Intensity and defaultable zero-coupon bonds

General framework of intensity models :

(Ω,A, P ) Probability space

(Ft)t≥0 filtration on (Ω,A, P ), called information relative to the default freemarket

S0t = e

∫ t0 r(s) ds riskless asset with rate r(s)

S0t , r(t) are (Ft)-adapted

τ default time (in contrast to the structural approach not necessarily a stoppingtime w.r.t. (Ft)t≥0, but w.r.t. (Gt), see below).

τ is an exogenous (= ”from outside”) r.v. and default may occur as a surprise. At timet, the investors know whether default has occured or not. Thus the total information attime t is given by

Gt = Ft ∨ σ(τ ≤ s, s ≤ t).

Here C ∨B = smallest σ-algebra containing C and B.

Note: τ is a stopping time w.r.t. (Gt)t≥0.

A pricing measure P ∗ is a probability measure equivalent to P and under which thediscounted prices of the risky assets are (Gt)t≥0-martingales. Risky assets are assumed tobe (Gt)t≥0-adapted, since they may be affected by default.

A defaultable zero-coupon bond with maturity T is given (compare this with (79))by

D(t, T ) = E∗[1τ>Te

−∫ Tt r(s) ds | Gt

], t ∈ [0, T ].

Thus the payoff at maturity T is

D(T, T ) = 1τ>T =

1 if default has not occured,

0 if default has occured.

The following Proposition relates the computation of conditional expectations given Gt toconditional expectations given Ft.

163

Page 164: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Proposition 8.4 Let X ≥ 0 be a r.v. It holds P ∗-a.s.

1τ>t E∗[X | Gt] = 1τ>tE∗[X1τ>t | Ft]E∗[1τ>t | Ft]

.

Proof Since E∗[1A | Ft] > 0 P ∗-a.s. on A, i.e P ∗(E∗[1A | Ft] > 0 ∩A) = P ∗(A) for anyA ∈ A (cf. Exercises), the r.v.

Y := 1τ>tE∗[X1τ>t | Ft]E∗[1τ>t | Ft]

∈ Gt

is well-defined as a product of Gt-mb r.v’s. We have

1τ>t︸ ︷︷ ︸∈Gt

E∗[X | Gt] = E∗[X1τ>t | Gt].

In order to prove Y = E∗[X1τ>t | Gt] it is enough to show that

E∗[X1τ>t1A] = E∗[Y 1A], ∀A ∈ C, (?)

where C ⊂ Gt is⋂

-stable and σ(C) = Gt (cf. Assignment no. 8, Dynkin systems !). Sucha class is given by

C = A =τ ≤ s ∩B, B ∈ Ft, s ∈ [0, t] ∪ +∞

.

For s ∈ [0, t], we have E∗[X1τ>t1τ≤s∩B] = 0 = E∗[Y 1τ≤s∩B]. For s = ∞, we haveA = B, and since B ∈ Ft

E∗[X1τ>t1B] = E∗[E∗[X1τ>t | Ft]1B

], (??)

hence

E∗[Y 1B] = E∗[1τ>t

E∗[X1τ>t | Ft]E∗[1τ>t | Ft]

1B︸ ︷︷ ︸∈Ft

]

= E∗[E∗[1τ>t | Ft]

E∗[X1τ>t | Ft]E∗[1τ>t | Ft]

1B

]=

(??)E∗[X1τ>t1B]

and so (?) holds.

Suppose the conditional hazard rate of τ given the default free filtration (Ft) is known,i.e. ∃ (λ(t))t≥0 (Ft)-adapted, with

164

Page 165: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

(a) P ∗(τ > t | Ft) = E∗[1τ>t | Ft] = e−∫ t0 λ(s) ds, ∀t ≥ 0.

Then, we have:

Proposition 8.5 The value at time t ∈ [0, T ] before default of a defaultable zero-couponbond with maturity T is

D(t, T ) := 1τ>tD(t, T ) = 1τ>t E∗[e−

∫ Tt (r(s)+λ(s)) ds | Ft

], (135)

where (λ(t))t∈[0,T ] is the conditional hazard rate given (Ft).

Proof Using Proposition 8.4 with X = 1τ>Te−∫ Tt r(s) ds, we obtain

1τ>tD(t, T )︸ ︷︷ ︸”value of defaultablebond before default”

= 1τ>t E∗[X | Gt]

= 1τ>tE∗[1τ>Te−

∫ Tt r(s) ds1τ>t | Ft]

E∗[1τ>t | Ft]

=(a)

1τ>tE∗[1τ>Te−

∫ Tt r(s) ds | Ft]

e−∫ t0 λ(s) ds

= 1τ>tE∗[E∗[1τ>T

FT−mb︷ ︸︸ ︷e−

∫ Tt r(s) ds | FT ] | Ft

]e−

∫ t0 λ(s) ds

=(a)

1τ>tE∗[e−

∫ T0 λ(s) dse−

∫ Tt r(s) ds | Ft]

e−∫ t0 λ(s) ds

= 1τ>t E∗[e−∫ Tt (λ(s)+r(s)) ds | Ft].

(λ(t))t∈[0,T ] is also called the intensity of the default. A default free zero-coupon bondhas value

P (t, T ) = E∗[e−

∫ Tt r(s) ds | Ft

]. (136)

The intensity appears thus as additional term to the interest rate in (135). Therefore λ(t)is also called the credit spread at time t. If the intensity λ(t) is deterministic then

D(t, T ) = 1τ>te−∫ Tt λ(s) dsP (t, T ).

Remark 8.6 The intensity is deterministic, iff τ > t is independent of Ft for all t, e.g.if τ is independent of Ft for all t. Note also that given a non-negative (Ft)-adapted process(λ(t)) one can construct a random time with intensity (λ(t)) by (134) with ξ independentof (Ft).

165

Page 166: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

8.2.3 Credit risk swaps

A credit default swap (CDS) is a credit derivative that offers protection against default.

Investor Afixed payments at times (Ti)i=1,...,n , if τ>Ti (”premium leg”)

−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−− > B(wants to be A Bprotected against Ndefault) < −−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−

payment if τ≤Tn (”protection leg”)K

Premium leg: cashflow from A to B at times Ti, i = 1, . . . n, T0 := 0.

sN(Ti − Ti−1)1τ>Ti,

s = spread of the swap (has to be determined, see below),N = nominal of the swap (usually the face value of the bond).

Protection leg: cashflow from B to A at time τ .

N(1−R)1τ≤Tn, R = recovery rate.

Idea: A holds a bond with nominal N (= face value) issued by a company that maydefault. In case of default A recovers N ·R instead of N , thus together with the protectionleg he recovers N ·R +N(1−R) = N . A typical recovery rate is R = 40%.

Remark 8.7 In the premium leg there is usually an additional payment that we omit, theso-called accrual premium

n∑i=1

s(τ − Ti−1)1τ∈[Ti−1,Ti)

if default occurs in between dates Ti−1 and Ti.

Evaluation of premium leg at time 0: expectation of the discounted cashflows underthe pricing measure

P ∗A→B = E∗[

n∑i=1

sN(Ti − Ti−1)1τ>Tie−∫ Ti0 r(s) ds

].

166

Page 167: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Evaluation of protection leg at time 0: same

P ∗B→A = E∗[N(1−R)1τ≤Tne

−∫ τ0 r(s) ds

].

The fair value for the spread s is such that P ∗A→B = P ∗B→A, i.e.

s =E∗[(1−R)1τ≤Tne

−∫ τ0 r(s) ds

]E∗[∑n

i=1(Ti − Ti−1)1τ>Tie−∫ Ti0 r(s) ds

] . (137)

It holds

E∗[1τ>Tie

−∫ Ti0 r(s) ds

]= E∗

[E∗[1τ>Ti e

−∫ Ti0 r(s) ds︸ ︷︷ ︸∈FTi

| FTi]]

= E∗[e−

∫ Ti0 λ(s) dse−

∫ Ti0 r(s) ds

].

Also, one can show (exercise)

E∗[1τ≤Tne

−∫ τ0 r(s) ds

]= E∗

[∫ Tn

0

λ(u)e−∫ u0 (λ(t)+r(t)) dt du

],

and so

s =(1−R)

∫ Tn0

E∗[λ(u)e−

∫ u0 (λ(t)+r(t)) dt

]du∑n

i=1(Ti − Ti−1)E∗[e−

∫ Ti0 (λ(s)+r(s)) ds

] .

If the intensity is deterministic, then (in terms of default free zero-coupon bond prices)

E∗[e−

∫ Ti0 (λ(s)+r(s)) ds

]= e−

∫ Ti0 λ(s) dsP (0, Ti) = P ∗(τ > Ti)P (0, Ti)

andE∗[λ(u)e−

∫ u0 (λ(t)+r(t)) dt

]= λ(u)e−

∫ u0 λ(t) dtP (0, u).

Hence ∫ Tn

0

E∗[λ(u)e−

∫ u0 (λ(t)+r(t)) dt

]du =

∫ Tn

0

λ(u)e−∫ u0 λ(s) dsP (0, u)du

and (137) rewrites as

s =(1−R)

∫ Tn0λ(u)e−

∫ u0 λ(s) dsP (0, u)du∑n

i=1(Ti − Ti−1)P ∗(τ > Ti)P (0, Ti). (138)

167

Page 168: Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 2trutnau/finance22015.pdf · 2015-12-01 · Lecture Notes Financial Mathematics 1 & 2 Gerald Trutnau Department of Mathematical Sciences Seoul

Remark 8.8 In practice, the spreads of CDS with various maturities are used to deriveimplied default probabilities. For this let

sj = ”spread of a swap with payment dates T1, . . . , Tj”

and use the following discretization of (138)

sj =(1−R)

∑ji=1

(P ∗(τ > Ti−1)− P ∗(τ > Ti)

)· P (0, Ti)∑j

i=1(Ti − Ti−1)P ∗(τ > Ti)P (0, Ti). (139)

Indeed for i = 1, . . . , n, it holds

P ∗(τ > Ti−1)− P ∗(τ > Ti) =

∫ Ti

Ti−1

λ(u)e−∫ u0 λ(s) ds du.

From the values sj, j = 1, . . . , n, one can then compute P ∗(τ > Ti), i = 1, . . . , n, anddefine a piecewise constant hazard rate. In fact (139) can also be seen as spread assumingthat in case of default, the protection payment is made not at τ , but at the payment dateright after τ .

References

[1] Lecture Financial Mathematics 1, Probabilistic Background, 2015.

[2] Karatzas, I.; Shreve, S. E. Brownian motion and stochastic calculus. Graduate Textsin Mathematics, 113. Springer-Verlag, New York, (1991).

[3] Lamberton, D.; Lapeyre, B.: Introduction to stochastic calculus applied to finance.Second edition. Chapman & Hall/CRC Financial Mathematics Series, Boca Raton,FL, 2008.

[4] D. Revuz, M. Yor, Continuous martingales and Brownian motion, Springer Verlag,(2005).

168